Security Control System: Section

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 311

BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY

SECTION
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
SEC B

E
CONTENTS
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning F
Lamp/Indicator Lamp ...............................................40
PRECAUTION ............................................... 7
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ........................... 41
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System COMMON ITEM .........................................................41
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
SIONER" ................................................................... 7 COMMON ITEM) .....................................................41 H
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- INTELLIGENT KEY ....................................................42
tion After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 7 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM -
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 8 INTELLIGENT KEY) (With Super Lock) ..................42 I
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM -
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 10
INTELLIGENT KEY) (Without Super Lock) .............46
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................10 J
MULTI REMOTE ENT ................................................50
Component Parts Location ...................................... 10
MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function
NATS Antenna Amp. ............................................... 13 (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (With Super Lock)....50
Hood Switch ............................................................ 13 SEC
MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function
Steering Lock Unit ................................................... 13 (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (Without Super
Siren Control Unit .................................................... 13 Lock) ........................................................................51
Intruder Sensor ....................................................... 14 L
Sensor Cancel Switch ............................................. 14 THEFT ALM ...............................................................53
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
SYSTEM .............................................................15 THEFT) (With Intelligent Key System) .....................53
M
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START IMMU ..........................................................................54
FUNCTION ................................................................. 15 IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) (With
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START Intelligent Key System) ............................................54
FUNCTION : System Description ............................ 15 N
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ................... 56
FUNCTION : Circuit Diagram .................................. 19 CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) .............................56
O
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM ................................ 24 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System De- UNIT) ................................................................. 64
scription ................................................................... 25 Diagnosis Description ..............................................64
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram.... 29 P
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 68
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ................................. 34
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Descrip- SIREN CONTROL UNIT .................................... 68
tion .......................................................................... 34 Reference Value ......................................................68
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram.... 38
ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM ....................................... 69
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ....................... 40

SEC-1
List of ECU Reference ............................................ 69 DTC Description .................................................... 114
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 70
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM ........................... 116
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM ....................... 70 DTC Description .................................................... 116
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 70 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 97 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING .................................. 118
DTC Description .................................................... 118
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 97 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118
Work Flow ............................................................... 97
B2196 DONGLE UNIT ...................................... 119
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Description .................................................... 119
CONTROL UNIT .............................................. 100 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
ECM ..........................................................................100 B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ........................ 121
ECM : Description ..................................................100 DTC Description .................................................... 121
ECM : Work Procedure ..........................................100 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
BCM ..........................................................................100 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH .... 123
BCM : Description ..................................................100 DTC Description .................................................... 123
BCM : Work Procedure ..........................................100 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123
STEERING LOCK UNIT ...........................................101 Component Inspection .......................................... 124
STEERING LOCK UNIT : Description ...................101
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED .................................. 125
STEERING LOCK UNIT : Work Procedure ...........101
DTC Description .................................................... 125
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 102 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125

P161D IMMOBILIZER ...................................... 102 B2602 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 127


DTC Description ....................................................102 DTC Description .................................................... 127
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................102 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127
Component Inspection .......................................... 129
P161E IMMOBILIZER ...................................... 103
DTC Description ....................................................103 B2604 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 130
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................103 DTC Description .................................................... 130
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130
P161F IMMOBILIZER ...................................... 104 Component Inspection .......................................... 132
DTC Description ....................................................104
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................104 B2608 STARTER RELAY ................................ 133
DTC Description .................................................... 133
P1616 ECM ...................................................... 105 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133
DTC Description ....................................................105
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................105 B260F ENGINE STATUS ................................. 134
DTC Description .................................................... 134
B121D STEERING LOCK POWER SUPPLY Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 134
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 106
DTC Description ....................................................106
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH ..................... 136
DTC Description .................................................... 136
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................106
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT ....... 108 Component Inspection .......................................... 138
DTC Description ....................................................108
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................108
B2620 REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH ............................................................ 139
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT ................. 110 DTC Description .................................................... 139
DTC Description ....................................................110 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 139
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................110 Component Inspection .......................................... 140

B2191 ID DISCORD, BCM - IMM ANT ............ 113 B26FC KEY REGISTRATION .......................... 142
DTC Description ....................................................113 DTC Description .................................................... 142
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................113 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142

B2192 ID DISCORD, BCM-ECM ..................... 114 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH .......... 143

SEC-2
DTC Description .................................................... 143 B27DF S/L HIGH LEVEL MALFUNCTION ..... 174
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143 DTC Description .................................................... 174 A
Component Inspection (Clutch interlock switch) .. 145 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF .................... 146 B27E0 S/L LOW LEVEL MALFUNCTION ...... 175
DTC Description .................................................... 146 B
DTC Description .................................................... 175
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175
Component Inspection .......................................... 148
B27E1 S/L SAFETY CIRCUIT ........................ 176 C
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON ...................... 149 DTC Description .................................................... 176
DTC Description .................................................... 149 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149
B27E3 S/L KEY NOT REGISTRATION .......... 178 D
Component Inspection .......................................... 151
DTC Description .................................................... 178
B27D3 S/L THERMAL PROTECTION ............. 152 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 178
DTC Description .................................................... 152 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152 B27E4 S/L REGISTRATION STATUS ............ 179
DTC Description .................................................... 179
B27D4 BCM - S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT ............. 153 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179
DTC Description .................................................... 153 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 153 B27E5 S/L IGN OFF POSITION ..................... 180
DTC Description .................................................... 180
B27D5 S/L SENSOR TEST OUTPUT .............. 155 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180 G
DTC Description .................................................... 155
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155 B27E6 S/L ANTI-SCAN MODE ....................... 182
DTC Description .................................................... 182
B27D6 S/L CAN COMM CIRCUIT ................... 158 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182 H
DTC Description .................................................... 158
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158 B27E7 S/L UNDETERMINED UNLOCK POS . 184
DTC Description .................................................... 184 I
B27D7 S/L PWR RELAY .................................. 160 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184
DTC Description .................................................... 160
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160 B27E8 S/L UNDETERMINED LOCK POS ..... 186
DTC Description .................................................... 186 J
B27D8 S/L VEHICLE SPEED MALFUNCTION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 186
.. 162
DTC Description .................................................... 162 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 187 SEC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162 SIREN CONTROL UNIT .......................................... 187
B27D9 S/L IGN MALFUNCTION ..................... 164 SIREN CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .. 187
L
DTC Description .................................................... 164 STEERING LOCK UNIT ........................................... 187
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164 STEERING LOCK UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 187
B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............... 165 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ...................... 190 M
DTC Description .................................................... 165 Component Function Check ................................ 190
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 190
B27DB S/L IGN OFF ........................................ 167 N
HOOD SWITCH ............................................... 192
DTC Description .................................................... 167 Component Function Check ................................ 192
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 192
Component Inspection ........................................... 193 O
B27DC S/L POWER SUPPLY .......................... 169
DTC Description .................................................... 169 INTRUDER SENSOR ...................................... 194
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169 Component Function Check .................................. 194 P
B27DD BCM - S/L ID DISCORD ...................... 171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194
DTC Description .................................................... 171 SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH .......................... 196
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 196
B27DE S/L MECHANICAL MALFUNCTION .. 173 Component Inspection ........................................... 197
DTC Description .................................................... 173 SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (COMMU-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173 NICATION SIGNAL) ........................................ 198
SEC-3
Component Function Check ..................................198 Component Parts Location ................................... 211
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................198 NATS Antenna Amp. ............................................. 212
Hood Switch .......................................................... 213
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (HAZARD Siren Control Unit .................................................. 213
SWITCH SIGNAL) ........................................... 199 Intruder Sensor ..................................................... 213
Component Function Check ..................................199 Sensor Cancel Switch ........................................... 213
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................199
SYSTEM ........................................................... 214
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 200
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM ............................. 214
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLI- NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System De-
GENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE ............... 200 scription ................................................................. 214
Description .............................................................200 NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram. 215
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................200
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM .............................. 216
STEERING DOES NOT LOCK ........................ 201 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Description .............................................................201 tion ........................................................................ 217
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................201 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram. 221

SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 222


TURN ON OR BLINK ....................................... 202 WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
Description .............................................................202 Lamp/Indicator Lamp ............................................ 223
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................202 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ........................... 224
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 224
SET .................................................................. 203 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
COMMON ITEM) .................................................. 224
INTELLIGENT KEY ..................................................203
INTELLIGENT KEY : Description ..........................203 MULTI REMOTE ENT ............................................. 225
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure ...........203 MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function
(BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (With Super Lock). 225
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH .....................................203
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description .............203 MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function
(BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (Without Super
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Proce-
Lock) ..................................................................... 226
dure .......................................................................203
THEFT ALM ............................................................. 228
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
ACTIVATE ....................................................... 205 THEFT) (Without Intelligent Key System) ............. 228
Description .............................................................205
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................205 IMMU ....................................................................... 229
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) (With-
INTRUDER SENSOR CANNOT BE DEACTI- out Intelligent Key System) ................................... 229
VATED ............................................................. 207
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................207 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ................... 230
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ........................... 230
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 208
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL
NATS ANTENNA AMP. ................................... 208 UNIT) ................................................................. 238
Removal and Installation .......................................208 Diagnosis Description ........................................... 238
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 242
PRECAUTION ............................................ 209
SIREN CONTROL UNIT ................................... 242
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 209 Reference Value ................................................... 242
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM ...................................... 243
SIONER" ................................................................209 List of ECU Reference .......................................... 243
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ..........209
WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 244
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 211
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 244
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 211 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 244

SEC-4
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 259 B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ....................... 280
DTC Description .................................................... 280 A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 259 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 280
Work Flow ............................................................. 259
B2608 STARTER RELAY ............................... 283
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING B
DTC Description .................................................... 283
CONTROL UNIT ............................................... 262 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 283
ECM ......................................................................... 262 B260F ENGINE STATUS ................................ 284 C
ECM : Description ................................................. 262 DTC Description .................................................... 284
ECM : Work Procedure ......................................... 262 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284
BCM ......................................................................... 262 B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF ................... 286 D
BCM : Description ................................................. 262 DTC Description .................................................... 286
BCM : Work Procedure ......................................... 262 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 286
Component Inspection ........................................... 288 E
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 264
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON ..................... 289
P161D IMMOBILIZER ...................................... 264 DTC Description .................................................... 289
DTC Description .................................................... 264 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 289
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264
Component Inspection ........................................... 291
P161E IMMOBILIZER ...................................... 265 B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT .............. 292 G
DTC Description .................................................... 265
DTC Description .................................................... 292
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 265
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 292
P161F IMMOBILIZER ....................................... 266 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 294 H
DTC Description .................................................... 266
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 266 SIREN CONTROL UNIT .......................................... 294
SIREN CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .. 294 I
P1616 ECM ....................................................... 267
DTC Logic ............................................................. 267 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ...................... 295
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 267 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 295
J
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT ........ 268 HOOD SWITCH ............................................... 297
DTC Description .................................................... 268 Component Function Check ................................ 297
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 268 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 297 SEC
Component Inspection ........................................... 298
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT ................. 270
DTC Description .................................................... 270 INTRUDER SENSOR ...................................... 299
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 270 Component Function Check .................................. 299 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299
B2191 ID DISCORD, BCM - IMM ANT ............ 273
DTC Description .................................................... 273 SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH .......................... 301
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 273 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 301
Component Inspection ........................................... 302
B2192 ID DISCORD, BCM-ECM ...................... 274
DTC Description .................................................... 274 SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (COMMU- N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 274 NICATION SIGNAL) ........................................ 303
Component Function Check .................................. 303
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM ........................... 275 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 303
DTC Description .................................................... 275 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275 SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (HAZARD
SWITCH SIGNAL) ........................................... 304
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING .................................. 277 P
Component Function Check .................................. 304
DTC Description .................................................... 277
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 277

B2196 DONGLE UNIT ...................................... 278 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 305


Description ............................................................ 278 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT
DTC Logic ............................................................. 278 TURN ON OR BLINK ...................................... 305
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 278 Description ............................................................. 305

SEC-5
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................305 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT
ACTIVATE ........................................................ 308
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE Description ............................................................ 308
SET .................................................................. 306 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 308
KEY FOB ..................................................................306 INTRUDER SENSOR CANNOT BE DEACTI-
KEY FOB : Description ..........................................306
VATED .............................................................. 310
KEY FOB : Diagnosis Procedure ...........................306
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 310
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH ...................306
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Descrip- REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 311
tion .........................................................................306 NATS ANTENNA AMP. .................................... 311
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Diagnosis
Removal and Installation ....................................... 311
Procedure ..............................................................306

SEC-6
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010940906

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000010941031

SEC
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition power source and accessory
power source to the OFF, then disconnect both battery cables. L
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing M
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro- N
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
O
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Open driver door. P
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
4. Turn the ignition switch to OFF position with driver door open.
5. Wait for 3 minutes or longer with driver door open.
NOTE:
• Do not close driver door because the steering wheel locks when driver door is closed.

SEC-7
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• The auto acc function is adapted to this vehicle. For this reason, even when the ignition switch is turned
to OFF position, the accessory power source does not turned OFF and continues to be supplied for a
certain amount of time.
6. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
7. Perform the necessary repair operation.
8. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from OFF position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
9. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010941036

• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.

D4D engine : 20 minutes


HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.

SEC-8
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied. A
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood.
4. Close the driver side door. B
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of C
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION: D
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.

SEC

SEC-9
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010922112

JMKIB3702ZZ

View with F/L Fuse holder No.2 View with cluster lid A View with headlining

SEC-10
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

No. Component Function A


Inside key antenna (luggage room) detects whether Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, and
Inside key antenna (luggage transmits the signal to BCM.
room) Refer to DLK-25, "DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
B
lation location.
Detects whether or not Intelligent Key is within the outside key antenna detection area.
Outside key antenna (rear
Refer to DLK-25, "DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
bumper) C
lation location.
Back door opener request switch transmits door lock/unlock request signal to BCM.
Back door opener request
Refer to DLK-25, "DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
switch
lation location. D
Back door switch is integrated into back door look assembly.
Back door switch detects back door open/close condition, and then transmits ON/OFF signal
Back door lock assembly to BCM. E
Refer to DLK-25, "DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
Rear door switch RH Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
F
Outside key antenna and door request switch are integrated into outside door handle.
Outside key antenna detects whether Intelligent Key is within the detection area or not, and
Outside key antenna (pas-
then transmits signal to BCM.
senger side) G
Refer to DLK-25, "DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
Front door request switch
Front door request switch transmits door lock/unlock request signal to BCM.
(passenger side) H
Front door switch (Passenger
Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
side)
CVT shift selector (detention I
Detention switch is integrated into CVT shift sector, and detects that selector lever is locked
switch)
in the P position, then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
(CVT models)
Stop lamp switch detects that brake pedal is depressed, and then transmits ON/OFF signal J
Stop lamp switch to BCM.
Refer to BRC-14, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via
CAN communication.
SEC
ABS actuator and electric unit
BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from combination meter via CAN communica-
(control unit)
tion. BCM compares both signals to detect the vehicle speed.
Refer to BRC-14, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location. L
Transmission range switch detects the selector lever position, and then transmits the P/N po-
sition signal to IPDM E/R.
BCM confirms the CVT shift selector position with the following 4 signals.
• P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch) M
• P position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
Transmission range switch • Neutral position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
(CVT models) • P/N position signal from TCM (CAN)
N
IPDM E/R confirms the CVT shift selector position with the following 2 signals.
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P/N position signal from BCM (CAN)
Refer to TM-235, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal- O
lation location.
Reverse/neutral position Reverse/neutral position switch detects that shift lever is in the neutral position, and then
switch transmits ON/OFF signal to IPDM E/R.
(M/T models) Refer to TM-21, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location. P

Hood switch Refer to SEC-13, "Hood Switch".

SEC-11
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. Component Function
ECM controls the engine.
When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM starts communication with ECM and performs the
ID verification between BCM and ECM.
If the verification result is OK, the engine can start. If the verification result is NG, the engine
ECM
cannot start.
Refer to EC-28, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (MR20DD en-
gine models), EC-812, "Component Parts Location" (R9M engine models) or EC-440,
"Component Parts Location" (QR25DE engine models) for detailed installation location.
• Starter relay are integrated in IPDM E/R, and used for the engine starting function.
• Starter control relay is controlled by BCM, and starter relay is controlled by IPDM E/R while
communicating with BCM.
IPDM E/R
• IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay/starter relay status signal to BCM.
• Transmits neutral position signal to BCM via CAN communication line.
Refer to PCS-5, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
TCM receives the shift position signal from transmission range switch, and then transmits the
P/N position signal to BCM via CAN communication.
BCM confirms the selector lever position with the following 4 signals.
• P position signal from CVT shift selector (detention switch)
• P position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
• Neutral position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
TCM (CVT models)
• P/N position signal from TCM (CAN)
IPDM E/R confirms the selector lever position with the following 2 signals.
• P/N position signal from transmission range switch
• P/N position signal from BCM (CAN)
Refer to TM-235, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
BCM controls INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (ENGINE START FUNCTION), NISSAN ANTI-
THEFT SYSTEM (NATS) and VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.
BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and Intelligent Key when the Intelligent Key
is carried into the detection area of inside key antenna, and push-button ignition switch is
BCM pressed. If the ID verification result is OK, ignition switch operation is available.
Then, when the ignition switch is turned ON, BCM performs ID verification between BCM and
ECM. If the ID verification result is OK, ECM can start engine.
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed in-
stallation location.
Clutch interlock switch detects that clutch pedal is depressed and transmits ON/OFF signal
Clutch interlock switch to BCM.
(M/T models) Clutch pedal position switch detects that clutch pedal is depressed, and then transmits ON/
OFF signal to BCM.
Combination meter transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communication.
BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication. BCM compares both signals to detect the vehicle speed.
Combination meter
Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter.
Security indicator lamp blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than ON to warn
that Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) is on board.
Inside key antenna (instrument center) detects whether Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle,
Inside key antenna (instru- and transmits the signal to BCM.
ment center) Refer to DLK-25, "DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
Outside key antenna and door request switch are integrated into outside door handle.
Outside key antenna detects whether Intelligent Key is within the detection area or not, and
Outside key antenna (driver
then transmits signal to BCM.
side)
Refer to DLK-25, "DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lation location.
Front door request switch
Front door request switch transmits door lock/unlock request signal to BCM.
(driver side)
Front door switch (driver side) Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.

Rear door switch LH Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.

SEC-12
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. Component Function
A
BCM controls the starter control relay according to a starter control relay request signal from
Starter control relay
ECM.
NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-13, "NATS Antenna Amp.".
B
Push-button ignition switch has push switch inside which detects that push-button ignition
switch is pressed, and then transmits the signal to BCM. BCM changes the ignition switch
Push-button ignition switch position with the operation of push-button ignition switch. BCM maintains the ignition switch
position status while push-button ignition switch is not operated. C
Refer to PCS-65, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Intruder sensor Refer to SEC-14, "Intruder Sensor".
D
Sensor cancel switch Refer to SEC-14, "Sensor Cancel Switch".

NATS Antenna Amp. INFOID:0000000010922113


E
The ID verification is performed between BCM and transponder inte-
grated into Intelligent Key via NATS antenna amp. when Intelligent
Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch in case that F
Intelligent Key battery is discharged. If the ID verification result is
OK, the operation of ignition switch is available.
G

H
JMKIB1434ZZ

Hood Switch INFOID:0000000010922114


I
Hood switch detects that hood is open, and then transmits ON/OFF
signal to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R transmits hood switch signal to BCM
via CAN communication. J

SEC

L
JMKIB3584ZZ

Steering Lock Unit INFOID:0000000010922115 M

• Steering lock unit performs steering lock/unlock operation on


request and power source is supplied from BCM.
• When push-button ignition switch is pressed while the Intelligent N
Key is inside the vehicle, BCM performs the ID verification with
steering lock unit. Steering lock unit releases the steering lock
based on the result of the ID verification. O
• BCM judges the lock/unlock status of the steering according to a
Lock/Unlock status signal transmitted from the steering lock unit
via CAN communication.
• The steering lock unit has an interlock function that prohibits lock P
operation at ignition switch ON.
JMKIB2860ZZ

Siren Control Unit INFOID:0000000010941040

Siren control unit monitors the vehicle condition and controls the vehicle security system.

SEC-13
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Intruder Sensor INFOID:0000000010941041

Intruder sensor detects a movement entering passenger compart-


ment, then transmits the signal to siren control unit.

JMKIB3704ZZ

Sensor Cancel Switch INFOID:0000000010941042

BCM deactivates intruder sensor for the vehicle security system


when BCM receives sensor cancel switch ON signal.

JMKIB3261ZZ

SEC-14
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM
A
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION : System Description
INFOID:0000000010922116 B

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C

SEC

M
JMKIB3758GB

BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Input Signal Item N

SEC-15
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Transmit unit Signal name


• Engine status signal
ECM
• Starter control relay request signal
• Push-button ignition switch status
signal
• Ignition ON signal
IPDM E/R • Starter relay/Starter control relay
status signal
• Starter control relay status signal
• Neutral position signal
Combination meter CAN communication Vehicle speed signal (Meter)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed signal (ABS)
TCM (CVT models) Shift position signal
• Steering lock unit lock status signal
• Steering lock unit unlock status sig-
nal
Steering lock unit • Lock/unlock position signal
• Steering lock undefined position
signal
• Steering lock wrong code signal
Push-button ignition switch Push-button ignition switch operation signal
Each door switch Door open/close condition signal
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation signal
CVT shift selector (detention switch) (CVT models) P position signal
Transmission range switch (CVT models) P/N position signal
Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) Clutch interlock switch signal
Reverse/Neutral position switch Neutral position switch signal

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name


IPDM E/R Ignition ON signal
Combination meter Key warning lamp signal
CAN communication • Steering lock unit unlock request signal
• Steering lock unit lock request signal
Steering lock unit
• Steering lock code signal
• Ignition ON signal
Inside key antenna Key ID request signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine start function of Intelligent Key system makes it possible to start and stop the engine without
using the key, based on the electronic ID verification. The electronic ID verification is performed between
BCM and Intelligent Key when the push-button ignition switch is pressed while the Intelligent Key is within
the detection area of inside key antenna.
NOTE:
The driver should carry the Intelligent Key at all times.
• Intelligent Key have ID (NATS ID). It can perform the door lock/unlock operation and the push-button ignition
switch operation when the registered Intelligent Key is carried.
• If the ID is successfully verified, when push-button ignition switch is pressed, steering lock is released and
the engine can be started.
• Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (Including the standard Intelligent Key) upon request from the cus-
tomer.
NOTE:
Refer to DLK-38, "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description" (With super lock) or DLK-348,
"INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description" (Without super lock) for any functions other than
engine start function of Intelligent Key system.

SEC-16
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
The transponder (the chip for NATS ID verification) is integrated into the Intelligent Key. (For the con- A
ventional models, it is integrated into the mechanical key.) Therefore, ID verification cannot be per-
formed by mechanical key only.
In that case, NATS ID verification can be performed when Intelligent Key backside is contacted to B
push-button ignition switch while brake pedal is depressed. If verification result is OK, engine can be
started.
OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED C
1. When the push-button ignition switch is pressed, the BCM activates the inside key antenna and transmits
the request signal to the Intelligent Key.
2. The Intelligent Key receives the request signal and transmits the NATS ID signal to the BCM. D
3. BCM receives the NATS ID signal verifies it with the registered ID.
4. When immobilizer verification result is OK, BCM supplies power to the steering lock unit, and transmits
the steering lock unit unlock request signal via CAN communication. E
5. When the steering lock unit receives a steering lock unit unlock request signal from the BCM, it sends the
following signals to the BCM.
• Lock/unlock position signal F
• Steering lock unit lock status signal
• Steering lock undefined position signal
• Steering lock wrong code signal
G
6. When BCM receives a steering lock unit unlock status signal from the steering lock unit, it stops the steer-
ing lock unit unlock request signal.
7. When the ignition switch is turned to ON, BCM performs ID verification with the ECM. When the result is
H
OK, engine start is permitted.
8. BCM detects the selector lever position and brake pedal operation condition.
9. When ECM detects that the start engine conditions* are satisfied, it transmits a starter control relay
I
request signal to BCM.
10. When BCM receives a starter control relay request signal from ECM, the starter control relay is turned
ON.
J
11. When starter control relay is turned ON, IPDM E/R turns ON the starter relay and drives the starter motor.
12. When BCM receives an engine status signal from ECM, it turns the starter relay and starter control relay
OFF and stops cranking.
CAUTION: SEC
When the Intelligent Key is carried outside of the vehicle (inside key antenna detection area) while
the power supply is in the ON position, even if the engine start condition* is satisfied, the engine
cannot be started. L
*: For the engine start condition, refer to “IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUT-
TON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION”.
OPERATION RANGE M
Engine can be started when Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, sometimes engine may not start
when Intelligent Key is on instrument panel or in glove box.
N
STEERING LOCK OPERATION
When the shift position is P and the ignition switch is turned OFF, when BCM detects the following statuses, a
steering lock unit lock request signal is transmitted to the steering lock unit via CAN communication, and
steering wheel is locked. O
• Closing door
• Opening door
• Door is locked using door request switch P
• Door is locked using Intelligent Key
IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERA-
TION
The ignition switch position can be changed by the following operations.
NOTE:
• When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna or when Intelligent Key backside is
contacted to push-button ignition switch, it is equivalent to the operations below.
SEC-17
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions,
CVT models
- Brake pedal operation condition
- Selector lever position
- Vehicle speed
M/T models
- Clutch pedal operation condition
- Brake pedal operation condition
- Vehicle speed
- Shift lever position
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)

Condition
CVT models M/T models
Push-button igni-
Power supply Normal condition Special condition tion switch oper-
position Brake pedal
Clutch pedal Brake pedal ation frequency
Selector lever operation
condition Shift lever operation Shift lever operation
condition condition
Not de- Not de- Not de-
LOCK → ON — — — 1
pressed pressed pressed
LOCK → ON → Not de- Not de- Not de-
— — — 2
OFF pressed pressed pressed
LOCK →
P or N posi-
START Depressed — Depressed Neutral Depressed 1
tion
ON → START
Engine is run-
— — — — — — 1
ning → LOCK

Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more

Condition
CVT models M/T models
Push-button igni-
Power supply Normal condition Special condition tion switch opera-
position Brake pedal
Clutch pedal Brake pedal tion frequency
Selector lever operation
condition Shift lever operation Shift lever operation
condition condition
Engine is run- Emergency stop
— — — — — —
ning → OFF operation
Engine stall re-
Not de-
turn operation N position — Depressed Neutral — 1
pressed
while driving
Emergency stop operation
• Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.
• Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds.

SEC-18
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION : Circuit Diagram
INFOID:0000000010922117 A

LHD models
B

SEC

JMKIB3736GB

SEC-19
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3737GB

SEC-20
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3580GB

SEC

SEC-21
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
RHD models

JMKIB3739GB

SEC-22
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JMKIB3740GB

SEC-23
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3580GB

NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

SEC-24
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010922118

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SEC

M
JMKIB3757GB

BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Input Signal Item N

SEC-25
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Transmit unit Signal name


• Engine status signal
ECM
• Starter control relay request signal
• Push-button ignition switch status signal
• Ignition ON signal
IPDM E/R • Starter relay/Starter control relay status signal
• Starter control relay status signal
• Neutral position signal
Combination meter CAN communication Vehicle speed signal (Meter)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed signal (ABS)
• Steering lock unit lock status signal
• Steering lock unit unlock status signal
Steering lock unit • Lock/unlock position signal
• Steering lock undefined position signal
• Steering lock wrong code signal
TCM (CVT models) Shift position signal
NATS antenna amp. Key ID signal
Push-button ignition switch Push-button ignition switch operation signal
Each door switch Door open/close condition signal
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation signal
CVT shift selector (detention switch) (CVT models) P position signal
Transmission range switch (CVT models) P/N position signal
Reverse/neutral position switch (M/T models) Neutral position signal
Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) Clutch interlock switch signal

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name


IPDM E/R CAN communication Ignition ON signal
Combination meter Security indicator lamp signal
• Steering lock unit unlock request signal
• Steering lock unit lock request signal
Steering lock unit
• Steering lock code signal
• Ignition ON signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) prevents the engine from being started by Intelligent Key whose ID is
not registered to the vehicle (BCM). It has higher protection against auto theft involving the duplication of
mechanical keys.
• The ignition key integrated in the Intelligent Key cannot start the engine. When the Intelligent Key battery is
discharged, the NATS ID verification is performed between the transponder integrated with Intelligent Key
and BCM via NATS antenna amp. when the Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition
switch while brake pedal is depressed. If the verification result is OK, the engine start operation can be per-
formed by the push-button ignition switch operation.
• Locate the security indicator lamp and always blinks it when the ignition switch is in any position except ON
to warn that the vehicle is equipped with Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS).
• Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (including the standard ignition key) upon request from the owner.
• When replacing ECM, BCM or Intelligent Key, the specified procedure (Initialization and registration) using
CONSULT is required.
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION
The ID registration is a procedure that erases the current NATS ID once, and then registers a new ID. There-
fore before starting the registration operation, collect all registered Intelligent Keys from the customer.
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
• Security indicator lamp warns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.

SEC-26
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Security indicator lamp always blinks when the ignition switch is in any position other than ON.
NOTE: A
Because security indicator lamp is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected.
ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CONTACTED TO PUSH-BUTTON IG-
NITION SWITCH B
1. When brake pedal is depressed while selector lever is in the P position (CVT models), or clutch pedal is
depressed (M/T models), BCM activates NATS antenna amp. that is located behind push-button ignition
switch. C
2. When Intelligent Key (transponder built-in) backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch, BCM
starts NATS ID verification between BCM and Intelligent Key (transponder built-in) via NATS antenna
amp. D
3. When NATS ID verification result is OK, buzzer in combination meter sounds.
4. When push-button ignition switch is pressed, BCM transmits steering lock unit unlock request signal to
steering lock unit. E
• Lock/unlock position signal
• Steering lock unit lock status signal
• Steering lock undefined position signal
F
• Steering lock wrong code signal
5. When BCM receives a steering lock unit unlock status signal from the steering lock unit, it stops the steer-
ing lock unit unlock request signal.
G
6. When the ignition switch is turned to ON, BCM performs ID verification with the ECM. When the result is
OK, engine start is permitted.
7. BCM detects that the selector lever position and brake pedal operation condition.
H
8. When ECM detects that the start engine conditions* are satisfied, it transmits a starter control relay
request signal to BCM.
9. When BCM receives a starter control relay request signal from ECM, the starter control relay is turned
I
ON.
10. When starter control relay is turned ON, IPDM E/R turns ON the starter relay and drives the starter motor.
11. When BCM receives an engine status signal from ECM, it turns the starter relay and starter control relay J
OFF and stops cranking.
*: For the engine start condition, refer to “IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUT-
TON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION” below.
SEC
IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERA-
TION
The ignition switch position can be changed by the following operations. L
NOTE:
• When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna or when Intelligent Key backside is
contacted to push-button ignition switch, it is equivalent to the operations below.
• When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions, M
CVT models
- Brake pedal operation condition
- Selector lever position N
- Vehicle speed
M/T models
- Clutch pedal operation condition
- Vehicle speed O
- Brake pedal operation condition
- Shift lever position
P
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)

SEC-27
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Condition
CVT models M/T models
Push-button igni-
Power supply Normal condition Special condition tion switch oper-
position Brake pedal
Clutch pedal Brake pedal ation frequency
Selector lever operation
condition Shift lever operation Shift lever operation
condition condition
Not de- Not de- Not de-
LOCK → ON — — — 1
pressed pressed pressed
LOCK → ON → Not de- Not de- Not de-
— — — 2
OFF pressed pressed pressed
LOCK →
P or N posi-
START Depressed — Depressed Neutral Depressed 1
tion
ON → START
Engine is run-
— — — — — — 1
ning → LOCK

Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more

Condition
CVT models M/T models
Push-button igni-
Power supply Normal condition Special condition tion switch opera-
position Brake pedal
Clutch pedal Brake pedal tion frequency
Selector lever operation
condition Shift lever operation Shift lever operation
condition condition
Engine is run- Emergency stop
— — — — — —
ning → OFF operation
Engine stall re-
Not de-
turn operation N position — Depressed Neutral — 1
pressed
while driving
Emergency stop operation
• Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.
• Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds.

SEC-28
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010922119

A
LHD models

SEC

P
JMKIB3736GB

SEC-29
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3738GB

SEC-30
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3580GB

SEC

SEC-31
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
RHD models

JMKIB3739GB

SEC-32
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JMKIB3741GB

SEC-33
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3580GB

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM


VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010923234

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMKIB3878GB

SEC-34
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
A
Input Signal Item

Transmit unit Signal name


B
IPDM E/R CAN communication Hood switch signal
Push-button ignition switch Push switch signal
Each door switch Door switch signal C
Each door request switch Door request switch signal
Siren control unit Hazard warning signal
D
Sensor cancel switch Sensor cancel switch signal

Output Signal Item


E
Reception unit Signal name
Combination meter (security indicator lamp) Security indicator lamp signal
Siren control unit Alarm link signal F
Hazard warning lamp Hazard warning lamp signal
Outside key antenna Outside key antenna signal
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The system reduces the possibility of a theft or mischief by sounding siren and blinking hazard warning lamp
continuously. The system activates siren and hazard warning lamp when detecting that the door or hood is H
opened, or there is an illegal attempt to enter into the passenger room, while the system is in the ARMED
phase.
• Security indicator lamp on combination meter always blinks when ignition switch is any position other than
I
ON to warn that the vehicle is equipped with a VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.
• Anti-theft function is improved by the adoption of intruder sensor that detects an attempt to enter into the
passenger room.
• Activation or deactivation of intruder sensor can be selected by sensor cancel switch. J
• Siren control unit equips a built-in battery. Replace siren control unit once every 10 years because the war-
ranty for built-in battery expires after 10 years.
• Each time the system switches to the PRE-ARMED phase from the DISARMED phase, the self-diagnosis is SEC
performed by the siren control unit and each sensor. If any malfunction is detected, the siren sounds* 5
times to inform the driver that a malfunction is detected and the vehicle security system does not function
properly. Malfunctioning part can be checked by “SIREN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “THEFT ALM” of
“BCM” using CONSULT. Refer to SEC-64, "Diagnosis Description". L
*: Siren sounds for 0.2 seconds and sound interval is 0.4 seconds.
Operation Flow
M

JMKIB3879GB

SEC-35
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

No. System state Switching condition


A B
DISARMED to When all conditions of A and
PRE-FULL one condition of B is satis- • Ignition switch: OFF All doors are locked by:
ARMED fied. • All doors: Closed • LOCK button of Intelligent Key
• Hood: Closed • Door request switch

DISARMED to A B
When all conditions of A and
PRE-PARTIAL All doors are locked by:
one condition of B is satis- • Ignition switch: OFF
ARMED • LOCK button of Intelligent Key
fied. • Hood or any door: Open
• Door request switch
PRE-FULL • Ignition switch: ON
When one of the following
ARMED to DIS- • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
condition is satisfied.
ARMED • Door request switch: ON
PRE-PARTIAL • Ignition switch: ON
When one of the following
ARMED to DIS- • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
condition is satisfied.
ARMED • Door request switch: ON
PRE-PARTIAL
When all of the following • All doors: Closed
ARMED to PRE-
conditions are satisfied. • Hood: Closed
FULL ARMED
PRE-FULL
When one of the following • Any door: Opened
ARMED to PRE-
condition is satisfied. • Hood: Opened
PARTIAL ARMED
PRE-FULL When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF
ARMED to FULL conditions are satisfied for • All doors: Closed
ARMED 20 seconds. • Hood: Closed
PRE-PARTIAL When all of the following
• Ignition switch: OFF
ARMED to PAR- conditions are satisfied for
• Hood or any door: Open
TIAL ARMED 20 seconds.
When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF
PARTIAL to FULL
conditions are satisfied for • All doors: Closed
ARMED
20 seconds. • Hood: Closed
FULL ARMED to
DISARMED • Ignition switch: ON
When one of the following
• UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
PARTIAL ARMED condition is satisfied.
• Door request switch: ON
to DISARM
• Any door or hood is opened
• Battery connection is disconnected
FULL ARMED to When one of the following • Movement to enter into passenger room
ALARM condition is detected. • Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
• Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is in-
terrupted
• Any door or hood is opened
• Battery connection is disconnected
PARTIAL ARMED When one of the following
• Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
to ALARM condition is detected.
• Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is in-
terrupted
• Ignition switch: ON
ALARM to When one of the following
• UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
DISARMED condition is satisfied.
• Door request switch: ON
ALARM to ALARM
27.5 seconds are passed.
PAUSE
ARM PAUSE to
FULL ARMED
5 seconds are passed after deactivating ALARM.
ARM PAUSE to
PARTIAL ARMED

SEC-36
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. System state Switching condition
A
• Ignition switch: ON
ALARM PAUSE to When one of the following
• UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
DISARMED condition is satisfied.
• Door request switch: ON
NOTE: B
To lock/unlock all doors by operating remote controller button of Intelligent Key or door request switch, Intelligent Key must be within the
detection area of outside key antenna. For details, refer to DLK-42, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description" (Type1) or DLK-
352, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description" (Type2). C
Disarmed Phase
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the DISARMED phase while any doors or hood is open because it
is assumed that the owner is in or nearby the vehicle. D
Pre-armed Phase
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the PRE-ARMED phase and blinks security indicator lamp
quickly for approximately 20 seconds when all doors are locked by Intelligent Key or door request switch, E
while all doors and hood are closed.
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM that is in the PRE-ARMED phase switches to the DISARMED phase when
all doors are unlocked by Intelligent Key or door request switch or ignition switch is switched to the ON posi- F
tion.
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM does not activate siren when door or hood is open while VEHICLE SECU-
RITY SYSTEM is in the PRE-ARMED phase. When the door or hood is closed again, VEHICLE SECURITY
SYSTEM stays in the PRE-ARMED phase. G
Armed Phase
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the ARMED phase from the PRE-ARMED phase after approxi-
mately 20 seconds, and blinks security indicator lamp slowly. H

Alarm Phase
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM activates siren for approximately 27.5 seconds when any of the following
conditions is fulfilled while VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM is in the ARMED phase. I
- When any door or hood is open
- When intruder sensor detects an attempt to enter into passenger compartment
- When battery connection is disconnected J
- Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
- Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is interrupted
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM deactivates siren when door is unlocked by Intelligent Key or door request
SEC
switch, or the ignition switch is switched to the ON position while siren is activated.
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the ARMED phase automatically when approximately 5 sec-
onds pass after deactivating siren.
L
SENSOR CANCEL FUNCTION
Perform the following procedure to deactivate intruder sensor.
1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL FUNCTION M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Press sensor cancel switch, and before 5 minutes pass, close all doors and hood, and lock all doors using
the Intelligent Key or door request switch. N
3. Check that VEHICLE SECURY SYSTEM is switched to the PRE-ARMED phase and that the siren sounds
one beep.
NOTE:
Intruder sensor is not cancelled and return to normal operation when any of the following conditions is fulfilled O
while the cancellation procedure is being performed.
• When ignition switch turns ON.
• When 5 minutes or more pass after pressing sensor cancel switch. P
• When VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the DISARMED phase.
Does security indicator lamp blink quickly?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check again.

SEC-37
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010947196

JMKIB3743GB

SEC-38
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JMKIB3742GB

SEC-39
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3744GB

WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010922121

Item Design Reference


For layout, refer to MWI-10, "METER SYSTEM : Design".

Security indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-55, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Security In-
dicator Lamp (Turn ON)" or MWI-56, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Secu-
rity Indicator Lamp (Blinks)".

SEC-40
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000010950891
B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
C
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed. E
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification. F
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item H
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
I
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × × J
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP ×
SEC
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
— AIR CONDITONER* × × L
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
M
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × N
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security THEFT ALM × ×
RAP RETAINED PWR × O
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
P
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

SEC-41
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description


BATTERY VOLTAGE V Battery voltage of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
EXTERNAL TEMP °C External temperature of the moment a particular DTC is detected
NOTE:
VEHICLE COND —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
NOTE:
DOOR LOCK STATUS —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
POWER SUPPLY
min Displays the cumulative time from the time that the battery terminal is connected.
COUNTER

INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) (With Super
Lock) INFOID:0000000010950892

WORK SUPPORT

Monitor item Description


INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis
Door lock/unlock function by door request switch mode can be changed to operation in this
mode
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Engine start function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ENGINE START BY I-KEY • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
Auto door lock operation time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: OFF
• MODE 2: 30 sec
• MODE 3: 1 minute
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minutes
• MODE 5: 3 minutes
• MODE 6: 4 minutes
• MODE 7: 5 minutes
NOTE:
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
Ignition battery saver system mode can be changed to operation with this mode
IGN/ACC BATTERY SAVER • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
ANSWER BACK
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
ANSWER BACK I-KEY LOCK UN- NOTE:
LOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
ANSWER BACK KEYLESS LOCK NOTE:
UNLOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored

SELF-DIAG RESULT
Refer to BCS-78, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

SEC-42
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Monitor Item Condition A


REQ SW -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
REQ SW -AS Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [On/Off] condition of back door request switch
B

PUSH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch


1 Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch
CLUTCH SW* C
BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]*2 condition of stop lamp switch power supply
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
D
DETE/CANCL SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
START CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch pedal position switch
PUSH SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch E
IGN RLY1 -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition relay 1
NEUTRAL SW - IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of reverse/neutral position switch
SFT PN -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position
F

STARTER RELAY - IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of starter relay


ENGINE STATE Indicates [Stop/Stall/Crank/Run] condition of engine states G
Display the starter relay/starter control relay status signal from IPDM E/R via CAN communi-
ST/INHIRELAY-IPDM
cation
REVERSE SIGNAL - IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of R position H
CRANKING PERMIT - ECM Display the engine cranking permit signal from ECM via CAN communication
IS STATUS - ECM Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start system
STARTER CUT RELAY - ECM Indicates [On/Off] condition of starter control relay signal from ECM via CAN communication
I

VEH SPEED 1 Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]
Display the vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by J
VEH SPEED 2
numerical value [Km/h]
IGN REQ - IPDM Display the ignition request signal from IPDM E/R via CAN communication
STARTER REQ - IPDM Display the starter request signal from IPDM E/R via CAN communication SEC
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger door status
L
DOOR STAT-RR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door RH status
DOOR STAT-RL Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door LH status
NOTE: M
BK DOOR STATE
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
ID OK FLAG Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of Intelligent Key ID
PRMT ENG STRT Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of engine start possibility N
NOTE:
PRMT RKE STRT
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored

I-KEY OK FLAG
Indicates [KEY On/NOT On] condition of Intelligent Key ID and Intelligent Key is detected in- O
side vehicle
PRBT ENG STRT Indicates whether or not the engine is in start prohibited status
Indicates whether or not it is in engine start possible status when Intelligent Key verification is P
ID AUTHENT CANCEL TIMER
unnecessary
ACC BATTERY SAVER Indicates [On/Off] whether or not ignition battery saver is in operation
Indicates [On/Off] whether or not in cranking prohibited status due to starter motor protection
CRNK PRBT TMR
function operation
AUT CRANK TMR Indicates [On/Off] whether or not in AUTO CRANKING MODE status
CRNK PRBT TME Indicates the time for changing from cranking prohibited status to cranking possible status

SEC-43
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
AUT CRANK TMR Indicates the time that AUTO CRANKING MODE operates
CRANKING TME Indicates the cranking operation time
NOTE:
SHORT CRANK
This item is displayed, but not used
When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while operating on Intel-
RKE OPE COUN1
ligent Key, the numerical value start changing
NOTE:
RKE OPE COUN2
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
S/L IGN OFF POSITION Indicates [On/Off] condition of Ignition OFF signal
S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT 1 Indicates [Gnd/On] condition of steering lock unit sensor circuit
S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit sensor circuit
S/L POWER OUTPUT Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit power supply
S/L POWER CHECK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit power supply
ANTICIPATED POWER Indicates [On/Off] condition of anticipated power supply
S/L LOCK REQ Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit lock request signal
S/L - BCM (CAN) Indicates [On/Off] condition of CAN communication
S/L POWER ERROR Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit power supply error
VEH SPEED ERROR (S/L) Indicates [On/Off] condition of vehicle speed signal
VEH SPEED NORMAL (S/L) Indicates [On/Off] condition of vehicle speed signal
ENGINE RUNNING (S/L) Indicates [On/Off] condition of engine running
S/L ID DISCORD Indicates [Correct/Incorrect] condition of ID verification
S/L ANTI-SCAN MODE Indicates [On/Off] condition of antiscan mode
S/L LOCK NOT PERMIT Indicates [Inhibition/No inhbt] condition of inhibit steering lock
S/L UNLOCK (CAN) Indicates [Finished/Unfinished] condition of steering lock unit unlock
S/L ID STATUS (CAN) Indicates [Coded/Blank] condition of registration ID
S/L RESET STATUS (CAN) Indicates [Exit/No exit] condition of steering lock unit reset signal
S/L LO-LEVEL MALFUNC
Indicates [Malf/No malf] condition of lo-level malfunction
(CAN)
S/L LOCK POSITION (CAN) Indicates [Armed/Malf/Unlocked/Undefined] condition of lock/unlock position signal
S/L ACT MALFUNCTION (CAN) Indicates [Malf/No malf] condition of steering lock unit malfunction
S/L HI-LEVEL MALFUNC (CAN) Indicates [Malf/No malf] condition of hi-level malfunction
S/L OPERATION PRHBT (SPD) Indicates [On/Off] condition of vehicle speed signal
S/L OPERATION PRHBT (PWR) Indicates [Allowed/Forbid] condition of safety line inhibition
S/L SENSOR POWER (CAN) Indicates [On/Off] condition of sensor test power supply
S/L SEN TEST PERMIT (CAN) Indicates [Forbid/Authorize] condition of sensor test
S/L STAT NOT DETECT (CAN) Indicates [Ok/Undefind] condition of steering lock undefined position signal
S/L LOCKING FINISHED (CAN) Indicates [Unfinshd/Finished] condition of steering lock unit lock status signal
STOP/START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start off switch
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from Intelligent Key
RKE PBD Indicates [On/Off] condition of back door open request signal from Intelligent Key

SEC-44
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
A
NOTE:
KEY SW
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
IGN SW B
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
START SW
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
C
*1: It is displayed but does not operate on CVT models.
*2: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.

ACTIVE TEST D

Test item Description


This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation E
OUTSIDE BUZZER • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation F
• Buzzer 1: Combination meter buzzer sounds (pipipi...) when CONSULT screen is touched
• Buzzer 2: Combination meter buzzer sounds (pipi-pipi-...) when CONSULT screen is
INSIDE BUZZER touched
• Buzzer 3: Combination meter buzzer sounds (pipipipi-pipipipi-...) when CONSULT screen is G
touched
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check warning lamp operation H
• KEY ON: [Intelligent Key system malfunction] displays when CONSULT screen is touched
INDICATOR
• KEY IND: “KEY” Warning lamp blinks when CONSULT screen is touched
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check security hazard lamp operation
I
FLASHER
The hazard lamps are activated after “LH/RH/Off” on CONSULT screen is touched
NOTE:
HORN J
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to operate the blower relay in fuse block (J/B)
IGN CONT2 • On: Operates
• Off: Non-operation SEC
This test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation
ENGINE SW ILLUMI
Push-ignition switch illumination illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check BCM sends starter request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communi- L
cation
• MODE 1: IGN ON, START request OFF
ENGINE START REQUEST
• MODE 2: IGN OFF, START request ON
• MODE 3: IGN ON, START request ON M
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
IGNITION RELAY
This item is displayed, but cannot be used N
This test is able to operate the starter control relay
STARTER CUT RELAY • On: Operates
• Off: Non-operation
O
NOTE:
ENGINE START
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE: P
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
RETRACTABLE MIRROR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to audio unit or NAVI control unit
AUTO ACC 2 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation

SEC-45
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Test item Description
NOTE:
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to ignition relay
AUTO ACC 1 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check trunk/luggage room lamp operation
TRUNK/LUGGAGE LAMP
• On: Operates
TEST
• Off: Non-operation

INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) (Without Super


Lock) INFOID:0000000010950893

WORK SUPPORT

Monitor item Description


INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis
Door lock/unlock function by door request switch mode can be changed to operation in this
mode
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
• On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Engine start function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
ENGINE START BY I-KEY • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
Auto door lock operation time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: OFF
• MODE 2: 30 sec
• MODE 3: 1 minute
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minutes
• MODE 5: 3 minutes
• MODE 6: 4 minutes
• MODE 7: 5 minutes
NOTE:
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
Ignition battery saver system mode can be changed to operation with this mode
IGN/ACC BATTERY SAVER • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
ANSWER BACK
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
ANSWER BACK I-KEY LOCK UN- NOTE:
LOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be used
ANSWER BACK KEYLESS LOCK NOTE:
UNLOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be used

SELF-DIAG RESULT
Refer to BCS-78, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor Item Condition


REQ SW -DR Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
REQ SW -AS Indicates [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)

SEC-46
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
A
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [On/Off] condition of back door request switch
PUSH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch

CLUTCH SW*1 Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch B


BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]*2 condition of stop lamp switch power supply
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
C
DETE/CANCL SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of P position
START CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch pedal position switch
PUSH SW -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch D
IGN RLY1 -F/B Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition relay 1
NEUTRAL SW - IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of reverse/neutral position switch
E
SFT PN -IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of P or N position
STARTER RELAY - IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of starter relay
ENGINE STATE Indicates [Stop/Stall/Crank/Run] condition of engine states F
Display the starter relay/starter control relay status signal from IPDM E/R via CAN communi-
ST/INHIRELAY-IPDM
cation
REVERSE SIGNAL - IPDM Indicates [On/Off] condition of R position G
CRANKING PERMIT - ECM Display the engine cranking permit signal from ECM via CAN communication
IS STATUS - ECM Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start system
H
STARTER CUT RELAY - ECM Indicates [On/Off] condition of starter control relay signal from ECM via CAN communication
VEH SPEED 1 Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]
Display the vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by I
VEH SPEED 2
numerical value [Km/h]
IGN REQ - IPDM Display the ignition request signal from IPDM E/R via CAN communication
STARTER REQ - IPDM Display the starter request signal from IPDM E/R via CAN communication J
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger door status
SEC
DOOR STAT-RR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door RH status
DOOR STAT-RL Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door LH status
NOTE: L
BK DOOR STATE
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
ID OK FLAG Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of Intelligent Key ID
PRMT ENG STRT Indicates [Set/Reset] condition of engine start possibility M
NOTE:
PRMT RKE STRT
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
Indicates [KEY On/NOT On] condition of Intelligent Key ID and Intelligent Key is detected in- N
I-KEY OK FLAG
side vehicle
PRBT ENG STRT Indicates whether or not the engine is in start prohibited status
Indicates whether or not it is in engine start possible status when Intelligent Key verification is O
ID AUTHENT CANCEL TIMER
unnecessary
ACC BATTERY SAVER Indicates [On/Off] whether or not ignition battery saver is in operation
Indicates [On/Off] whether or not in cranking prohibited status due to starter motor protection P
CRNK PRBT TMR
function operation
AUT CRANK TMR Indicates [On/Off] whether or not in AUTO CRANKING MODE status
CRNK PRBT TME Indicates the time for changing from cranking prohibited status to cranking possible status
AUT CRANK TMR Indicates the time that AUTO CRANKING MODE operates
CRANKING TME Indicates the cranking operation time

SEC-47
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
NOTE:
SHORT CRANK
This item is displayed, but not used
When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while operating on Intel-
RKE OPE COUN1
ligent Key, the numerical value start changing
NOTE:
RKE OPE COUN2
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
S/L IGN OFF POSITION Indicates [On/Off] condition of Ignition OFF signal
S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT 1 Indicates [Gnd/On] condition of steering lock unit sensor circuit
S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit sensor circuit
S/L POWER OUTPUT Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit power supply
S/L POWER CHECK Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit power supply
ANTICIPATED POWER Indicates [On/Off] condition of anticipated power supply
S/L LOCK REQ Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit lock request signal
S/L - BCM (CAN) Indicates [On/Off] condition of CAN communication
S/L POWER ERROR Indicates [On/Off] condition of steering lock unit power supply error
VEH SPEED ERROR (S/L) Indicates [On/Off] condition of vehicle speed signal
VEH SPEED NORMAL (S/L) Indicates [On/Off] condition of vehicle speed signal
ENGINE RUNNING (S/L) Indicates [On/Off] condition of engine running
S/L ID DISCORD Indicates [Correct/Incorrect] condition of ID verification
S/L ANTI-SCAN MODE Indicates [On/Off] condition of antiscan mode
S/L LOCK NOT PERMIT Indicates [Inhibition/No inhbt] condition of inhibit steering lock
S/L UNLOCK (CAN) Indicates [Finished/Unfinished] condition of steering lock unit unlock
S/L ID STATUS (CAN) Indicates [Coded/Blank] condition of registration ID
S/L RESET STATUS (CAN) Indicates [Exit/No exit] condition of steering lock unit reset signal
S/L LO-LEVEL MALFUNC
Indicates [Malf/No malf] condition of lo-level malfunction
(CAN)
S/L LOCK POSITION (CAN) Indicates [Armed/Malf/Unlocked/Undefined] condition of lock/unlock position signal
S/L ACT MALFUNCTION (CAN) Indicates [Malf/No malf] condition of steering lock unit malfunction
S/L HI-LEVEL MALFUNC (CAN) Indicates [Malf/No malf] condition of hi-level malfunction
S/L OPERATION PRHBT (SPD) Indicates [On/Off] condition of vehicle speed signal
S/L OPERATION PRHBT (PWR) Indicates [Allowed/Forbid] condition of safety line inhibition
S/L SENSOR POWER (CAN) Indicates [On/Off] condition of sensor test power supply
S/L SEN TEST PERMIT (CAN) Indicates [Forbid/Authorize] condition of sensor test
S/L STAT NOT DETECT (CAN) Indicates [Ok/Undefind] condition of steering lock undefined position signal
S/L LOCKING FINISHED (CAN) Indicates [Unfinshd/Finished] condition of steering lock unit lock status signal
STOP/START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start off switch
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from Intelligent Key
RKE PBD Indicates [On/Off] condition of back door open request signal from Intelligent Key
NOTE:
KEY SW
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored

SEC-48
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
A
NOTE:
IGN SW
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
START SW B
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored

*1: It is displayed but does not operate on CVT models.


*2: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.
C
ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description D


This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation
OUTSIDE BUZZER • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation E
This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation
• Buzzer 1: Combination meter buzzer sounds (pipipi...) when CONSULT screen is touched
• Buzzer 2: Combination meter buzzer sounds (pipi-pipi-...) when CONSULT screen is
INSIDE BUZZER touched F
• Buzzer 3: Combination meter buzzer sounds (pipipipi-pipipipi-...) when CONSULT screen is
touched
• Off: Non-operation
G
This test is able to check warning lamp operation
• KEY ON: [Intelligent Key system malfunction] displays when CONSULT screen is touched
INDICATOR
• KEY IND: “KEY” Warning lamp blinks when CONSULT screen is touched
• Off: Non-operation H
This test is able to check security hazard lamp operation
FLASHER
The hazard lamps are activated after “LH/RH/Off” on CONSULT screen is touched
NOTE:
I
HORN
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to operate the blower relay in fuse block (J/B)
IGN CONT2 • On: Operates J
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation
ENGINE SW ILLUMI
Push-ignition switch illumination illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT screen is touched SEC
This test is able to check BCM sends starter request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communi-
cation
• MODE 1: IGN ON, START request OFF L
ENGINE START REQUEST
• MODE 2: IGN OFF, START request ON
• MODE 3: IGN ON, START request ON
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE: M
IGNITION RELAY
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to operate the starter control relay
STARTER CUT RELAY • On: Operates N
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
ENGINE START
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
O
NOTE:
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE: P
RETRACTABLE MIRROR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to audio unit or NAVI control unit
AUTO ACC 2 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used

SEC-49
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Test item Description
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to ignition relay
AUTO ACC 1 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check trunk/luggage room lamp operation
TRUNK/LUGGAGE LAMP
• On: Operates
TEST
• Off: Non-operation

MULTI REMOTE ENT


MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (With Su-
per Lock) INFOID:0000000010950894

WORK SUPPORT

Test item Description


Auto door lock time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: Non-operation
• MODE 2: 30 sec.
• MODE 3: 1 minute
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minute
• MODE 5: 3 minute
• MODE 6: 4 minute
• MODE 7: 5 minute
NOTE:
ANSWER BACK
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
ANSWER BACK KEYLESS NOTE:
LOCK UNLOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
WELCOME LIGHT OP SET
This item is displayed, but cannot be used

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor Item Condition


CONFRM ID ALL
CONFRM ID4
Indicates [Yet] at all time.Switches to [Done] when a registered key is inserted into ignition key
CONFRM ID3
cylinder.
CONFRM ID2
CONFRM ID1
Indicates [ID OK] when key ID that is registered is received or is not yet received. Indicates [ID
NOT REGISTERED
NG] when key ID that is not registered is received.
TP 4
TP 3
Indicates the number of IDs that are registered.
TP 2
TP 1

CLUTCH SW*1 Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch

BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]*2 condition of stop lamp switch power supply


BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
START CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch pedal position switch
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver door status

SEC-50
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
A
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger door status
DOOR STAT-RR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door RH status
DOOR STAT-RL Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door LH status B
NOTE:
BK DOOR STATE
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
STOP/START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start off switch C
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from keyfob
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from keyfob
D
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC E
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from keyfob
KEY SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of key switch
F
IGN SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ON position
START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in START position

*1: It is displayed but does not operate on CVT models. G


*2: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.

ACTIVE TEST H

Test item Description


FLASHER This test is able to check flasher operation [LH/RH/Off] I
NOTE:
HORN
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to operate the blower relay in fuse block (J/B) J
IGN CONT2 • On: Operates
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE: SEC
MIRROR+5
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
L
NOTE:
RETRACTABLE MIRROR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to audio unit or NAVI control unit
M
AUTO ACC 2 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to ignition relay
AUTO ACC 1 • On: Operate N
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check trunk/luggage room lamp operation
TRUNK/LUGGAGE LAMP
• On: Operates O
TEST
• Off: Non-operation

MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (Without
P
Super Lock) INFOID:0000000011009321

WORK SUPPORT

SEC-51
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Test item Description


Auto door lock time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: Non-operation
• MODE 2: 30 sec.
• MODE 3: 1 minute
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minute
• MODE 5: 3 minute
• MODE 6: 4 minute
• MODE 7: 5 minute
NOTE:
ANSWER BACK
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
ANSWER BACK KEYLESS NOTE:
LOCK UNLOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
WELCOME LIGHT OP SET
This item is displayed, but cannot be used

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor Item Condition


CONFRM ID ALL
CONFRM ID4
Indicates [Yet] at all time.Switches to [Done] when a registered key is inserted into ignition key
CONFRM ID3
cylinder.
CONFRM ID2
CONFRM ID1
Indicates [ID OK] when key ID that is registered is received or is not yet received. Indicates [ID
NOT REGISTERED
NG] when key ID that is not registered is received.
TP 4
TP 3
Indicates the number of IDs that are registered.
TP 2
TP 1

CLUTCH SW*1 Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch

BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]*2 condition of stop lamp switch power supply


BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
START CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch pedal position switch
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger door status
DOOR STAT-RR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door RH status
DOOR STAT-RL Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door LH status
NOTE:
BK DOOR STATE
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
STOP/START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start off switch
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from keyfob
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from keyfob
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from keyfob

SEC-52
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
A
KEY SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of key switch
IGN SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ON position
START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in START position B
*1: It is displayed but does not operate on CVT models.
2
* : OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.
C
ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description


D
FLASHER This test is able to check flasher operation [LH/RH/Off]
NOTE:
HORN
This item is displayed, but cannot be used E
This test is able to operate the blower relay in fuse block (J/B)
IGN CONT2 • On: Operates
• Off: Non-operation
F
NOTE:
MIRROR+5
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
TRUNK/BACK DOOR G
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
RETRACTABLE MIRROR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
H
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to audio unit or NAVI control unit
AUTO ACC 2 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to ignition relay I
AUTO ACC 1 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check trunk/luggage room lamp operation J
TRUNK/LUGGAGE LAMP
• On: Operates
TEST
• Off: Non-operation

THEFT ALM SEC

THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT) (With Intelligent Key System)
INFOID:0000000010926637
L

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
M
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitored Item Description N


REQ SW -DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (driver side).
REQ SW -AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (passenger side).
O
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door opener request switch.
PUSH SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch
DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch (driver side). P
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch (passenger side).
DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
DOOR SW-BK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door switch.
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch.

SEC-53
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitored Item Description
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
NOTE:
KEY CYL SW-TR
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
SEN CANCEL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of sensor cancel switch.
RKE-LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
NOTE:
KEY SW
This item is indicated, but not monitored.

WORK SUPPORT

Service Item Description


SECURITY ALARM SET This mode is able to confirm and change vehicle security alarm ON-OFF setting.
Select the siren function ON or OFF, and siren type.
• MODE 1: Without siren
• MODE 2: With siren
SIREN SET
• MODE 3: With external complete protection (with siren)
• MODE 4: Without any external protection (with siren)
• MODE 5: Without external tilt protection (with siren)

ACTIVE TEST

Test Item Description


SIREN Activates the self-diagnosis function for siren control unit.
NOTE:
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN
This item is indicated, but not used
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP
This item is indicated, but not used

IMMU
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) (With Intelligent Key System) INFOID:0000000010926638

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Content


PUSH SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch.

WORK SUPPORT

Service item Description


CONFIRM DONGLE ID It is possible to check that dongle unit is applied to the vehicle.

ACTIVE TEST

SEC-54
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Test item Description
A
This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation.
THEFT IND
Security indicator lamp is turned on when “ON” on CONSULT screen touched.

SEC

SEC-55
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000011009323

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.

Diagnosis mode Description


Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• White the vehicle specification when replacing IPDM E/R.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to PCS-38, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data (FFD)
The IPDM E/R records the vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on CON-
SULT.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
REVERSE SIGNAL
Displays the status of reverse position signal judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
IGN RELAY
Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
PUSH SW
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
NEUTRAL SW
Displays the status of the neutral position signal (M/T) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW
Displays the status of the transmission range switch (CVT) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
OIL PRESSURE SW
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
Displays the LED headlamp (right) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L RH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with LED headlamp.
Displays the LED headlamp (left) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L LH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with LED headlamp.
HOOD SW
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
COMPRESSOR
Displays the compressor drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H/L WASHER PUMP
Displays the status of the headlamp washer relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]

SEC-56
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
HORN RELAY
Displays the status of the horn relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COOLING FAN B
Displays the cooling fan relay-4 drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
FRONT WIPER HI/LO RELAY
Displays the front wiper HI/LO relay drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] C
FRONT WIPER RELAY
Displays the front wiper relay drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY OFF STATUS D
Displays the status of the ignition relay OFF circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY ON STATUS
Displays the status of the ignition relay ON circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] E
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the steering lock unit.
STEERING LOCK PWR SPLY
NOTE:
[Off/On]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with Intelligent Key system
F
HEIGHT SENSOR PWR SPLY
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the height sensor.
[Off/On]
COOLING FAN RELAY 1
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-1 judged by IPDM E/R. G
[Off/On]
STARTER RELAY
Displays the status of the starter relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H
COMP ECV DUTY
Displays the compressor control signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
COOLING FAN RELAY 2
[%]
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-5 judged by IPDM E/R. I

FR FOG LAMP LH
Displays the front fog lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
J
FR FOG LAMP RH
Displays the front fog lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
LEVELIZER OUTPUT
Displays the aiming motor drive signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. SEC
[%]
PARKING LAMP
Displays the parking lamp output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
L
TAIL LAMP LH
Displays the tail lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
TAIL LAMP RH
Displays the tail lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. M
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH
Displays the daytime running light (left) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH N
Displays the daytime running light (right) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (HI) LH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%] O
HEADLAMP (HI) RH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) LH P
Displays the headlamp (LO) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) RH
Displays the headlamp (LO) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
A/C RELAY STUCK
Displays the ON stuck status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]

SEC-57
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
A/C RELAY
Displays the status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV STATUS
Displays the compressor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR Displays the battery current sensor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/
[OK/NG] R.
FRONT FOG LAMP
Displays the fog lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV CURRENT
Displays the electric current output to compressor judged by IPDM E/R.
[A]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Displays the status of the battery voltage judged by IPDM E/R.
[V]
COOLING FAN DUTY
Displays the cooling fan output signal status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HOOD SW (CAN)
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close/NG]
FRONT WIPER
Displays the front wiper motor drive control status of IPDM E/R.
[STOP/HIGH/LOW/NG]
FR WIPER STOP POSITION
Displays the status of the front wiper position status judged by IPDM E/R.
[ACTIVE P/STOP P]
HEADLAMP (HI)
Displays the headlamp (HI) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
HEADLAMP (LO)
Displays the headlamp (LO) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGNITION RELAY STATUS
Displays the ignition relay output status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY MONITOR
Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
Displays the status of the ignition power supply judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW (CAN) Displays the status of the transmission range switch signal that IPDM transmits via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
NEUTRAL SWITCH (CAN) Displays the status of the neutral position switch (M/T) signal that IPDM transmits via
[Off/On/NG] CAN communication.
PUSH-BUTTON IGN SW (CAN) Displays the status of the ignition switch signal that IPDM transmits via CAN commu-
[Off/On] nication.
TAIL LAMP
Displays the tail lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
REVERSE SIGNAL (CAN) Displays the status of the reverse switch (M/T) signal that IPDM transmits via CAN
[Off/On/NG] communication.
ST&ST CONT RELAY STATUS Displays the status of the start control relay and start motor relay status judged by
[Off/Off, ON/ST R On] IPDM E/R.
STARTER MOTOR STATUS
Displays the status of the starter motor judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On/L-TIME]
STARTER RELAY (CAN) Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the starter control relay status signal
[LOW/HIGH/NG] via CAN communication.
IPDM NOT SLEEP Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the not sleep signal via CAN commu-
[NO RDY/READY] nication.

SEC-58
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
AFTER COOLING TIME
[No request/0.5min/1.0min/1.5min/ NOTE:
2.0min/2.5min/3.0min/3.5min/4min/5min/ The item is indicated, but not monitored. B
6min/8min/10min/12min/14min/16min]
AFTER COOLING SPEED
NOTE:
[0%/25%/40%/55%/70%/78%/85%/
100%]
The item is indicated, but not monitored. C
COOLING FAN TYPE NOTE:
[RENAULT/NISSAN] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
D
COMPRESSOR REQ 1 Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
VHCL SECRITY HORN REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. E
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
SLEEP/WAKE UP NOTE:
F
[SLEEP/WAKEUP] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SW NOTE:
[Off/On/NG] The item is indicated, but not monitored. G
CRANKING ENABLE-TCM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from TCM via CAN com-
[OK/NG] munication.
CRANKING ENABLE-ECM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from ECM via CAN com- H
[OK/NG/STOP/No request] munication.
CAN DIAGNOSIS Displays the status of the CAN diagnosis signal received from BCM via CAN commu-
[OK/NG] nication. I
FRONT FOG LAMP REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
H/L WASHER REQ Displays the status of the headlamp washer request signal received from BCM via J
[Off/On] CAN communication.
PASSING REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. SEC
HIGH BEAM REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication.
HORN CHIRP Displays the status of the horn reminder signal received from BCM via CAN commu- L
[Off/On] nication.
COOLING FAN REQ Displays the status of the cooling fan speed request signal received from ECM via
[%] CAN communication. M
ENGINE STATUS Displays the status of the engine status signal received from ECM via CAN commu-
[STOP/IDLING/RUN] nication.
TURN SIGNAL REQ Displays the status of the turn indicator signal received from BCM via CAN commu- N
[Off/LH/RH] nication.
FR WIPER REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[RETURN/STOP/NG/LOW/HIGH] munication.
O
SHIFT POSITION Displays the status of the shift position signal received from TCM via CAN communi-
[OFF/P/R/N/D/S/L/B/1/2/3/4/5/6/7] cation.
LOW BEAM REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com- P
[Off/On] munication.
POSITION LIGHT REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
COMPRESSOR REQ 2 Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication.
IGNITION SW Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal and starter control relay request
[Off/On/START/No request] signal received from BCM via CAN communication.

SEC-59
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
VEHICLE SPEED (METER) Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com-
[km/h] munication.
Monitor the cumulative discharge value of the battery.
BAT DISCHARGE COUNT
NOTE:
[—]
When 65,000 or more is counted, replace the battery.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the parking lamp circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of parking lamp circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
parking lamp circuit.
NMB P LAMP CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the parking lamp circuit count is 5 and the igni-
tion switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB P LAMP CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the parking lamp circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
daytime running light (left) circuit.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (left) circuit count is 5
and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
daytime running light (right) circuit.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (right) circuit count is
5 and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
front fog lamp (left) circuit.
NMB F FOG LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the
ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB F FOG LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.

SEC-60
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
front fog lamp (right) circuit.
NMB F FOG RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE: B
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB F FOG RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
C
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE: D
When the number of headlamp (HI) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (HI) (left) circuit. E
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit count is 5 and the
ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
F
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. G
HL (HI) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (HI) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.
H
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (HI) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit count is 5 and I
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. J
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
S/L CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the steering lock circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
SEC
When the number of steering lock circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
steering lock circuit.
NMB S/L CIRC RETRY L
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the steering lock circuit count is 5 and the ignition
switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB S/L CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current M
[0 – 5] of the steering lock circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
N
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of headlamp (LO) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (LO) (left) circuit. O
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit count is 5 and
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
P
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
HL (LO) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (LO) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.

SEC-61
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit count is 5 and
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
tail lamp (left) circuit.
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the igni-
tion switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
tail lamp (right) circuit.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and the ig-
nition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
BATTERY STATUS
Monitor the battery status from the battery output.
[OK/NG]

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Operation Description


Off OFF
HORN
On Operates horn relay for 20 ms.
Off OFF
HEADLAMP WASHER
On Operates headlamp washer relay for 10 ms.
Off OFF
FRONT WIPER Low Operates the front wiper relay.
High Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper HI/LO relay.
Off OFF
COMPRESSOR
On Operates the A/C relay.
Off OFF
COOLING FAN (MONO) Lo Run the cooling fan at low speed.
Hi Run the cooling fan at high speed.
Off OFF
HEADLAMP (HI)
On Operates the headlamp (HI)
Off OFF
HEADLAMP (LO)
On Operates the headlamp (LO).

SEC-62
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Test item Operation Description
A
Off OFF
FRONT FOG LAMP
On Operates the front fog lamp.
Off OFF B
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
On Operates the parking lamp (daytime running light operation).
Off OFF
PARKING LAMP
On Operates the parking lamp. C
Off OFF
TAIL LAMP
On Operates the tail lamp.
D
Return the optical axis to the default position.
Default NOTE:
OPTIC AXIS ACTIVE TEST While the headlamp is OFF, it does not return to the default position.
E
Lower Adjust the optical axis to the lowermost point.

WORK SUPPORT
F
Work item Description
SENSOR INITIALIZE Adjusts the height sensor signal output value in the unloaded vehicle condition.
G
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared.

SEC

SEC-63
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000010923235

DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
Siren control unit has a self-diagnosis function which displays the diagnosis results for the following items.
• Circuit diagnosis: Displays if malfunction exists or not in the circuits between siren control unit and BCM or
siren control unit and intruder sensor.
- Circuits are normal: Hazard warning lamp blinks 3 times.
- Circuit is malfunctioning: Hazard warning lamp does not blink.
• Alarm history: Displays alarm activation history for the maximum 3 items.
- Siren sounds for 0.4 seconds and sound interval is 0.4 seconds.
- When multiple symptoms exist, the interval between each alarm history is 2 seconds.

Number of siren sounds Cause of alarm activation


0 History is not found
1 Battery is disconnected and connected
2 Movement to enter into passenger room is detected
3 Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
4 Door or hood is opened
5 Difference of ID recognition between siren control unit and BCM
6 Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is interrupted
• Component diagnosis: Displays malfunctioning component (siren control unit or intruder sensor).
- Siren sounds for 1 second and sound interval is 0.4 seconds.
- When multiple symptoms exist, the interval between each diagnosis result is 2 seconds.

Number of siren sounds Malfunctioning component


0 Malfunctioning component is not found
1 Siren control unit
2 Intruder sensor

SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
1. Connect CONSULT.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
4. Select “SIREN” and touch “ON” to start self-diagnosis.
5. Self-diagnosis result is displayed after 2 seconds.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT DISPLAY

SEC-64
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Self-diagnosis is performed as shown in the figure.
A

SEC

JMKIB3880GB

*: Communication between siren control unit and hazard warning lamp P


DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Precaution for Diagnosis Procedure
• Self-diagnosis result is erased from siren control unit when setting alarm system after performing the self-
diagnosis.
- When performing self-diagnosis, it is advised to record the self-diagnosis result display on a memo pad.
- When replacing siren control unit, never set alarm system after performing the self-diagnosis.

SEC-65
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• The display pattern of the self-diagnosis is complicated. Therefore, repeat self-diagnosis multiple times to
check the display pattern correctly.
- Malfunctioning part and alarm activation history can be checked effectively by comparing self-diagnosis
result display and the record on the memo pad.
• It is advised to obtain and record information for the following items which are necessary when investigation
is needed.
- Self-diagnosis result (Circuit diagnosis, Alarm history, Component diagnosis)
- Conditions of alarm activation (Place, Time, Weather)
- Articles in passenger room (Accessories, Cellular phones, Beverage containers, and others)
- Opening and closing status of door windows
- Record and timing of battery discharge and battery replacement
- Serial number of siren control unit (on siren control unit label)
- Serial number of intruder sensor, if this sensor is cause of malfunction or alarm activation
1.INSPECTION START
Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE described above to start self-diagnosis.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS RESULT
Check circuit diagnosis result display.
The diagnosis result is displayed by hazard warning lamp blink as per the following.

Number of hazard warning lamp blinks Description


3 times Normal
• Circuit malfunctioning between siren control unit and BCM (communication line)
0 times
• Circuit malfunctioning between siren control unit and BCM (hazard switch line)
Does hazard warning lamp blink?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM OPERATION 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Close hood and all doors.
3. Lock all doors using the Intelligent Key or door request switch.
4. Check that security indicator lamp blink quickly for 20 seconds. (PRE-ARMED phase)
Does security indicator lamp blink quickly?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT 1
Check power supply and ground circuit for siren control unit. Refer to SEC-187, "SIREN CONTROL UNIT :
Diagnosis Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END


5.CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM OPERATION 2
1. Check that security indicator lamp blinks slowly. (ARMED phase)
2. Hold up and move a hand over intruder sensor.
Does siren sound?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT 2
Check the following circuit.
• Circuit between siren control unit and BCM (hazard switch signal circuit). Refer to SEC-199, "Component
Function Check".

SEC-66
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT 3 A

Check the following circuit.


• Circuit between siren control unit and BCM (communication signal circuit). Refer to SEC-198, "Component
B
Function Check".

>> INSPECTION END


C
8.ALARM HISTORY DISPLAY
Check alarm history display.
The cause of alarm activation is indicated by the number of siren sounds. D

Number of siren sounds Cause of alarm activation


0 History is not found E
1 Battery is disconnected and connected
2 Movement to enter into passenger room is detected
F
3 Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
4 Door or hood is opened
5 Operate ignition switch with an unregistered key G
6 Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is interrupted
Does siren sound?
H
YES (A history is found)>>Check the cause of the alarm activation.
NO (History is not found)>>GO TO 9.
9.SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS RESULT DISPLAY I
Check component diagnosis result display.
The malfunctioning part is indicated by the number of siren sounds.
J
Number of siren sounds Malfunctioning component
0 Malfunctioning component is not found
1 Siren control unit SEC
2 Intruder sensor
Does siren sound?
L
YES >> Replace malfunctioning component.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.OPERATION CHECK M
1. Close hood and all doors.
2. Lock all doors using the Intelligent Key or door request switch.
3. Check that security indicator lamp blinks quickly for 20 seconds. N
NOTE:
If hood is not fully closed, security indicator lamp blinks slowly after all doors are locked. Fully close hood
and then lock all doors again.
4. Check that security indicator lamp blinks slowly and siren does not sound. Refer to SEC-34, "VEHICLE O
SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".

>> INSPECTION END P

SEC-67
SIREN CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


SIREN CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010926581

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMKIA0800ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No. Description


(Wire color) Condition Value
Input/
Signal name
+ − Output
Hazard switch: ON 0–1V
1
Ground Hazard switch Input Hazard Except Alarm phase 9 – 16 V
(BR)
switch: OFF Alarm phase 0–1V
2
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch: OFF 9 – 16 V
(P)

3 Input/ Armed phase


Ground Communication line (BCM)
(V) Output

NNKIA0175ZZ

Disarmed phase 9 – 16 V

4 Input/ Armed phase


Ground Communication line (Sensor)
(Y) Output

NNKIA0175ZZ

Disarmed phase 9 – 16 V
5
Ground Ground — Power supply position: ON 0–1V
(B)

SEC-68
ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
A
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000010922128

B
ECU Reference
MR20DD: EC-89, "Reference Value"
Reference Value QR25DE: EC-501, "Reference Value"
C
R9M: EC-889, "Reference Value"
MR20DD: EC-103, "Fail-safe"
Fail-safe QR25DE: EC-513, "Fail Safe"
R9M: EC-901, "Fail-safe" D
ECM
MR20DD: EC-107, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
DTC Inspection Priority Chart QR25DE: EC-515, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
R9M: EC-907, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" E
MR20DD: EC-109, "DTC Index"
DTC Index QR25DE: EC-517, "DTC Index"
R9M: EC-908, "DTC Index"
F
Reference Value BCS-53, "Reference Value"
Fail-safe BCS-76, "Fail-safe"
BCM
DTC Inspection Priority Chart BCS-77, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" G
DTC Index BCS-78, "DTC Index"
Reference Value PCS-22, "Reference Value"
H
Fail-safe PCS-34, "Fail-safe"
IPDM E/R
DTC Inspection Priority Chart PCS-37, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
DTC Index PCS-38, "DTC Index" I

SEC

SEC-69
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010922129

LHD models

JRKWD4441GB

SEC-70
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4442GB

SEC-71
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4443GB

SEC-72
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4444GB

SEC-73
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4445GB

SEC-74
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4446GB

SEC-75
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4447GB

SEC-76
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4448GB

SEC-77
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4449GB

SEC-78
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4450GB

SEC-79
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4451GB

SEC-80
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4452GB

SEC-81
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4453GB

SEC-82
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
RHD models
A

SEC

JRKWD4454GB
P

SEC-83
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4455GB

SEC-84
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4456GB

SEC-85
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4457GB

SEC-86
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4458GB

SEC-87
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4459GB

SEC-88
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4460GB

SEC-89
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4461GB

SEC-90
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4462GB

SEC-91
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4463GB

SEC-92
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4464GB

SEC-93
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4465GB

SEC-94
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4466GB

SEC-95
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4467GB

SEC-96
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010922130
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

SEC

JMKIA8652GB

DETAILED FLOW

SEC-97
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM


1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to BCS-77, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
SEC-98
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected? A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART B

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.


2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
C
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

D
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the E
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected. F
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4. G
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

SEC

SEC-99
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ECM
ECM : Description INFOID:0000000010922131

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of ECM and BCM, but only
when the ECM is replaced with a new one*.
*: New one means a virgin ECM that has never been energized on-board.
(In this step, initialization procedure using CONSULT is not necessary)
NOTE:
• When the replaced ECM is not a brand new, the specified procedure (Initialization of BCM and regis-
tration of Intelligent Keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
ECM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010922132

1.PERFORM ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION


1. Install ECM.
2. Contact backside of the registered Intelligent Key* to push-button ignition switch while brake pedal is
depressed, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing ECM replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check that the engine starts.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Perform the following procedure.
• MR20DD: EC-141, "Work Procedure"
• QR25DE: EC-550, "Work Procedure"
• R9M: EC-944, "Work Procedure"

>> END
BCM
BCM : Description INFOID:0000000010922133

BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing BCM, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before replace-
ment.
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” cannot be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after
replacing BCM.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing BCM, always perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION” with CONSULT. Or not doing so,
BCM control function does not operate normally.
• Complete the procedure of “WRITE CONFIGURATION” in order.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.
• If you set incorrect “WRITE CONFIGURATION”, incidents might occur.
NOTE:
When replacing BCM, perform the system initialization (NATS) (if equipped).
BCM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010922134

1.SAVING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION


SEC-100
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT Configuration
Perform “READ CONFIGURATION” to save or print current vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-106, "Descrip- A
tion".
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” cannot be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after B
replacing BCM.

>> GO TO 2. C
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
D
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION E
CONSULT Configuration
Perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Config file” or “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” to write
vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-106, "Work Procedure". F

>> GO TO 4.
4.INITIALIZE BCM (NATS) G

Perform BCM initialization. (NATS)


H
>> WORK END
STEERING LOCK UNIT
I
STEERING LOCK UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000010922135

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of steering lock unit and
BCM, but only when the steering lock unit is replaced with a new one*. J
*: New one means a virgin steering lock unit that has never been energized on-board.
(In this step, initialization procedure using CONSULT is not necessary)
NOTE: SEC
• When the replaced steering lock unit is not a brand new, the specified procedure (Initialization of
BCM and registration of Intelligent Keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs. L

STEERING LOCK UNIT : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010922136

M
1.PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION
1. Install steering lock unit.
2. Contact backside of registered Intelligent Key* to push-button ignition switch while brake pedal is N
depressed, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing steering lock unit replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
5. Check that the ignition switch is turned ON.

P
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-101
P161D IMMOBILIZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P161D IMMOBILIZER
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922137

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
IMMOBILIZER
P161D When BCM detects an immobilizer malfunction and engine start is prohibited.
(Immobilizer)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922138

1.CHECK DTC OF “BCM”


Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BCS-78, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-102
P161E IMMOBILIZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P161E IMMOBILIZER
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922139

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
IMMOBILIZER
P161E When CONSULT is not used during ECM replacement.
(Immobilizer)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• BCM
• ECM
E
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-103, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922140
I

1.ECM REGISTRATION
Using CONSULT, register ECM. J
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END SEC
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". L
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
3.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM.
Refer to the following procedure. N
• MR20DD: EC-430, "Removal and Installation".
• QR25DE: EC-806, "Removal and Installation".
• R9M: EC-1226, "Removal and Installation". O

>> INSPECTION END


P

SEC-103
P161F IMMOBILIZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P161F IMMOBILIZER
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922141

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
IMMOBILIZER When BCM detects an immobilizer malfunction and engine start is prohib-
P161F
(Immobilizer) ited.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922142

1.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM.
Refer to the following procedure.
• MR20DD: EC-430, "Removal and Installation".
• QR25DE: EC-806, "Removal and Installation".
• R9M: EC-1226, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-104
P1616 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1616 ECM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010926623

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1616 ECM ROM is malfunctioning
(Nissan Anti-Theft System malfunction)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.


2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
G
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926624

I
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1616. Refer to SEC-105, "DTC Description".
Is DTC P1616 displayed again? SEC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM L
Replace ECM.
Refer to the following procedure.
• MR20DD: EC-430, "Removal and Installation". M
• QR25DE: EC-806, "Removal and Installation".
• R9M: EC-1226, "Removal and Installation".
N
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-105
B121D STEERING LOCK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B121D STEERING LOCK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922229

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L LOCK PWR
• When the steering lock unit detects a short circuit in the steering lock
SPLY CIRC
[CIRC SHORT TO unit power circuit
B121D (Steering lock
GROUND] • When the steering lock unit detects over current in the steering lock unit
power supply cir-
power circuit.
cuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Steering lock unit power supply circuit is open or shorted)
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
• Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE
Shut off the power supply until the vehicle switches to sleep status.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Make the conditions that BCM enters in the low power consumption mode (BCM sleep condition).
Refer to BCS-18, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-106, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922230

1.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch to OFF, and then wait for 3 minutes with driver door open.
NOTE:
• Even after ignition switch is OFF, power is supplied to accessories for a certain amount of time by the
AUTO ACC function.
• When vehicle is operated while on standby, power may be supplied to accessories.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Connect the minus terminal of the battery and set the BCM to wake up status.
5. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
(-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
E23 166 Ground Ignition switch OFF 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.

SEC-106
B121D STEERING LOCK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
A
IPDM E/R BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 3 E23 166 Existed B
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM C
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E23 166 Not existed
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. E
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Disconnect steering lock unit connector. F
3. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

Steering lock unit G


(-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Active 9 - 16 V
M57 2 Ground Steering lock unit H
Not active 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace steering lock unit. I
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
J
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

Steering lock unit BCM SEC


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M57 2 M87 41 Existed
L
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity M
Connector Terminal Ground
M87 41 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
O

SEC-107
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922231

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
STARTER RELAY
OFF CIRC [CIRC SHORT TO When IPDM E/R performs starter relay ON output but starter
B20DF
(Starter relay off GROUND OR OPEN] relay is OFF.
circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Starter relay circuit is open or shorted)
• IPDM E/R
• Starter motor
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions, and wait 2 seconds or more.
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Depressed
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-108, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922232

1.CHECK “S” TERMINAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect starter motor connector.
3. Shift selector lever to “P“or ”N” position.
4. Check voltage between starter motor harness connector and ground.
MR20DD engine models
(+)
Starter motor (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
When the ignition
F47 2 Ground switch is in START po- 12 V or more
sition

QR25DE engine models


(+)
Starter motor (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
When the ignition
F10 2 Ground switch is in START po- 12 V or more
sition

SEC-108
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
R9M engine models
(+) A
Starter motor (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
When the ignition
B
F130 2 Ground switch is in START po- 12 V or more
sition
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.REPLACE STARTER MOTOR D

Replace starter motor. Refer to the following procedure.


• MR20DD: STR-27, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation". E
• QR25DE: STR-34, "QR25DE : Removal and Installation".
• R9M: STR-39, "R9M : Removal and Installation".

F
>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK STARTER MOTER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between starter motor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
MR20DD engine models H
Starter motor IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F47 2 F73 81 Existed
I

QR25DE engine models


Starter motor IPDM E/R
Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F10 2 F73 81 Existed

R9M engine models SEC


Starter motor IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
L
F130 2 F73 81 Existed
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
M
IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F73 81 Not existed N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. O
4.REPLACE IPDM E/R
Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation". P

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-109
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922143

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CHAIN OF BCM-IMM ANT
B2190–00 (Chain of body control module - im- When BCM cannot detect the Intelligent Key ID in 0.6 seconds.
mobilizer antenna)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or shorted.)
Intelligent Key
BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Make the conditions that BCM enters in the low power consumption mode (BCM sleep condition).
Refer to BCS-18, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check to DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-110, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922144

1.INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION


Using CONSULT, register all Intelligent Keys again.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for B2190-00. Refer to SEC-110, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK NATS ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
Check voltage signal between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.

SEC-110
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
NATS antenna amp. (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
B

Other than above


C

1
JMMIA1651GB
D

When a registered
Intelligent Key back-
side is contacted to 0V E
Intelligent Key bat- push-button ignition
tery is removed and switch
M26 Ground
brake pedal is de-
F
pressed

Other than above G

3
JMMIA1650GB H
When a registered
Intelligent Key back-
side is contacted to 0V
I
push-button ignition
switch
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-208, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK NATS ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SEC
1. Disconnect BCM connector and NATS antenna connector.
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.
L
NATS antenna amp. BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 115 M
M26 M86 Existed
3 114
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground.
N
NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground O
1
M26 Not existed
3
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-111
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-112
B2191 ID DISCORD, BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2191 ID DISCORD, BCM - IMM ANT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922145

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ID DISCORD, BCM-IMMANT
(Identification discord, body When BCM continuously cannot detect inconsistency of Intelligent Key ID
B2191–00
control module - immobilizer in 0.6 seconds or more.
antenna) D

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Intelligent Key E
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check to DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-113, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922146

1.INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION J


Using CONSULT, register all Intelligent Keys again.
Can engine be started with the registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY
L
1. Prepare Intelligent Key that matches the vehicle.
2. Registration of all Intelligent Key using CONSULT.
Can engine be started with the registered Intelligent Key?
M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END O

SEC-113
B2192 ID DISCORD, BCM-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2192 ID DISCORD, BCM-ECM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922147

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ID DISCORD BCM-ECM
B2192-00 (Identification discord body control module - The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are NG.
engine control module)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922148

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2192-00. Refer to SEC-114, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM.
Refer to the following procedure.
• MR20DD: EC-430, "Removal and Installation"
• QR25DE: EC-806, "Removal and Installation"
• R9M: EC-1226, "Removal and Installation"

SEC-114
B2192 ID DISCORD, BCM-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END
A

SEC

SEC-115
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922149

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
B2193-00 (Chain of body control module - engine Inactive communication between BCM and ECM
control module)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• BCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2193-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922150

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B2193-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM.
Refer to the following procedure.
• MR20DD: EC-430, "Removal and Installation".
SEC-116
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• QR25DE: EC-806, "Removal and Installation".
• R9M: EC-1226, "Removal and Installation". A

>> INSPECTION END


B

SEC

SEC-117
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922151

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ANTI-SCANNING ID verification between BCM and ECM that is out of the specified
B2195-00
(Anti-scanning) specification is detected.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ID verification request out of the specified specification
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922152

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 1


1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195-00. Refer to SEC-118, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK EQUIPMENT OF THE VEHICLE
Check that unspecified accessory part related to engine start is not installed.
Is unspecified accessory part related to engine start installed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 2
1. Obtain the customers approval to remove unspecified accessory part related to engine start, and then
remove it.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195-00. Refer to SEC-118, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-118
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010926566

BCM performs ID verification between BCM and dongle unit. B


When verification result is OK, BCM permits cranking.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
CONSULT screen items
DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DONGLE NG D
B2196-00 The ID verification results between BCM and dongle unit is invalid.
(Dongle unit not good)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
(Dongle unit circuit is open or shorted.)
• Dongle unit
FAIL-SAFE F
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check DTC in “Self-diagnosis result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is the DTC detected? I
YES >> Refer to SEC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926567

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION SEC

1. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all mechanical keys using CONSULT.
For initialization and registration procedures, refer to CONSULT Immobilizer mode and follow the on-
screen instructions. L
2. Start the engine.
Dose the engine start?
M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DONGLE UNIT CIRCUIT N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and dongle unit connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and dongle unit harness connector.
O
BCM Dongle unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
M87 56 M53 1 Existed
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M87 56 Not existed

SEC-119
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DONGLE UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between dongle unit harness connector and ground.

Dongle unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M53 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace dongle unit.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-120
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922153

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
NATS ANTENNA AMP.
B2198-00 (Nissan Anti-Theft System antenna Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and BCM
amplifier)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or shorted.) E
• NATS antenna amp.
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Make the conditions that BCM enters in the low power consumption mode (BCM sleep condition).
Refer to BCS-18, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-121, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922154
J

1.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. COMMUNICATION SIGNAL


SEC
Check voltage signal between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.

SEC-121
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
NATS antenna amp. (–) Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal

Other than above

1
JMMIA1651GB

When a registered In-


telligent Key backside
0V
is contacted to push-
Intelligent Key battery is re- button ignition switch
M26 Ground moved and brake pedal is
depressed

Other than above

3
JMMIA1650GB

When a registered In-


telligent Key backside
0V
is contacted to push-
button ignition switch
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-208, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.

NATS antenna amp. BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 115
M26 M86 Existed
3 114
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
1
M26 Not existed
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-122
B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922155

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
PUSH-BTN IGN SW
B2556-00 BCM detects the push-button ignition switch stuck at ON for 100 seconds or more.
(Push-button ignition switch)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors
(Push-button ignition switch circuit is shorted.)
• Push-button ignition switch E
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
— F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following condition.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Release push-button ignition switch and wait 100 seconds or more. H
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-123, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922156
J

1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL


SEC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
3. Check voltage between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.
L
(+)
Push-button ignition switch (–) Voltage
M
Connector Terminal
M16 8 Ground 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT O
1. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
P
Push-button ignition switch BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M16 8 M86 101 Existed
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

SEC-123
B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Push-button ignition switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M16 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END


4.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

Push-button ignition switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M16 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-124, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-116, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922157

1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch terminals.

Push-button ignition switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal

Push-button ignition Pressed Existed


8 4
switch Not pressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-116, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-124
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922158

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
BCM detects one of the following conditions for 10 seconds continuously.
• Vehicle speed signal from combination meter is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more, and ve-
hicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is 4 km/h (2.5
VEHICLE SPEED D
B2557-00 MPH) or less.
(Vehicle speed)
• Vehicle speed signal from combination meter is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or less, and vehicle
speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH)
or more.
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2557-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description". J
NO >> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
SEC
1. Start engine and wait 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more for 10 seconds or more.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922159

N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2557-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00. O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description". P
NO >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK DTC OF “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-84, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.

SEC-125
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK DTC OF “COMBINATION METER”


Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to MWI-105, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-126
B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2602 SHIFT POSITION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922160

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds.
SHIFT POSITION • Selector lever is in the P position
B2602-00
(Shift position) • Vehicle speed is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more
• Ignition switch is in the ON position D

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
[CVT shift selector (detention switch) circuit is open or shorted.]
• CVT shift selector (detention switch) F
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
G
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2602-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
J
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE SEC
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more for 10 seconds or more.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922161

N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2602-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00. O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description". P
NO >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK DTC OF “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-84, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEC-127
B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK DTC OF COMBINATION METER


Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to MWI-105, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector (detention switch) connector.
3. Check voltage between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

(+)
CVT shift selector (detention switch) (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal
M52 12 Ground 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M52 12 M87 57 Existed
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

CVT shift selector (detention switch)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M52 12 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END


7.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness con-
nector.

CVT shift selector (detention switch) BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M52 13 M86 94 Existed
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

SEC-128
B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

CVT shift selector (detention switch) A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M52 13 Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
8.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)
Refer to SEC-129, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-403, "Removal and Installation" (RE0F10D) or TM-667,
"Removal and Installation" (RE0F10G). E
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
F

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922162 G

1.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)


H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector.
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector (detention switch) terminals.
I
CVT shift selector (detention switch)
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Selector button: Released Not existed
J
Selector lever: P position
12 13 Selector button: Pressed
Existed
Selector lever: Except P position SEC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-403, "Removal and Installation" (RE0F10D) or TM-667, L
"Removal and Installation" (RE0F10G).

SEC-129
B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2604 SHIFT POSITION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922163

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The following states are detected for 5 seconds while ignition switch is ON.
PNP/CLUTCH SW • Interlock/PNP signal (CAN) is not sent from IPDM E/R but shift position signal
B2604-00 (Park neutral position/ clutch input (CAN) from TCM is P or N
switch) • Interlock/PNP signal (CAN) is sent from IPDM E/R but shift position signal in-
put (CAN) from TCM is other than P and N

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Transmission range switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Transmission range switch
• IPDM E/R
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2604-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 5 seconds or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to the N position and wait 5 seconds or more.
4. Shift the selector lever to any position other than P and N, and wait 5 seconds or more.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922164

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B2604-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC OF TCM
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TCM” using CONSULT.

SEC-130
B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to TM-288, "DTC Index" A
(RE0F10D) or TM-529, "DTC Index" (RE0F10G).
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUSE B
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not blown.
C
With engine start/stop system
Signal name Fuse No.
Ignition power supply 57 (10A)
D
Without engine start/stop system
Signal name Fuse No.
Ignition power supply 93 (10A) E
Is the fuse fusing?
Yes >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blown. F
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.
H
(+)
Transmission range switch (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal I
F22 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL SEC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect transmission range switch connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
M
IPDM E/R (–) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P or N position 9 - 16 N
F74 92 Ground Selector lever
Other than above 0-1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. O
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TRANSMISSIONRANGE SWITCH CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector and IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Transmission range switch IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F22 2 F74 92 Existed

SEC-131
B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

Transmission range switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F22 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
7.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Refer to SEC-132, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection the result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace transmission. Refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation" (RE0F10D) or TM-704,
"Removal and Installation" (RE0F10G).
8.REPLACE IPDM E/R
Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922165

1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH


1. Disconnect transmission range switch.
2. Check continuity between transmission range switch terminals.

Transmission range switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal

P or N position Existed
1 2 Select lever
Other than above Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace Transmission assembly. Refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation" (RE0F10D) or TM-
704, "Removal and Installation" (RE0F10G).

SEC-132
B2608 STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2608 STARTER RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922166

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
STARTER RELAY BCM outputs starter relay OFF signal but BCM receives starter relay
B2608-00
(Starter relay) ON signal from IPDM E/R (CAN).

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
E
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine.
G
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Depressed
2. Wait 1 second after engine started.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". I
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922167
J
1.CHECK DTC OF IPDM E/R
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. SEC
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-38, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
N

SEC-133
B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260F ENGINE STATUS
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922168

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ENG STATE SIG LOST BCM has not yet received the engine status signal from ECM when
B260F-00
(Engine state signal lost) ignition switch is in the ON position.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B260F-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-134, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922169

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B260F-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description", U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260F-00. Refer to SEC-134, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM.

SEC-134
B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Refer to the following procedure.
• MR20DD: EC-430, "Removal and Installation". A
• QR25DE: EC-806, "Removal and Installation".
• R9M: EC-1226, "Removal and Installation".
B
>> INSPECTION END

SEC

SEC-135
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922170

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds 3 times
ASCD CNCL/CLTCH SW
B261F-00 • Clutch pedal position switch input: 0 V
(ASCD cancel/clutch switch)
• Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Clutch pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Clutch pedal position switch
• Combination meter
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B261F-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more for 10 seconds.
3. Decrease the vehicle speed to below 40 km/h (24.8 MPH).
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of 3 times).
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-136, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922171

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B261F-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC OF COMBINATION METER
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Refer to MWI-105, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?

SEC-136
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. A
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Connect clutch pedal position switch connector.
B
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (–) Condition Voltage
C

Connector Terminal
OFF (Clutch pedal D
9 – 16 V
Clutch pedal posi- is depressed)
E23 159 Ground
tion switch ON (Clutch pedal is
0 – 0.5 V
not depressed)
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. F
4.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
G
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and clutch pedal position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and BCM harness connector. I

Clutch pedal position switch BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
E111 1 E23 159 Existed
4. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
SEC
Clutch pedal position switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
L
E111 1 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. M
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground. N

Clutch pedal position switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground O
E111 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
7.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-138, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.

SEC-137
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD
models) or CL-18, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922172

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals.

Clutch pedal position switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Not depressed Existed
1 2 Clutch pedal
Depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD
models) or CL-18, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD models).

SEC-138
B2620 REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2620 REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922173

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds 3 times
NEUTRAL SW
B2620-00 • Neutral position switch signal (ON) from IPDM E/R (CAN)
(Neutral switch)
• Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.) E
• Harness or connector
(Neutral position switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Neutral position switch
• IPDM E/R F
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H

If DTC B2620-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description". J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine. SEC
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more for 10 seconds.
3. Decrease the vehicle speed to below 40 km/h (24.8 MPH).
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of 3 times). L
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-139, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922174 N

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B2620-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC O
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00: P
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC OF COMBINATION METER
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
Refer to MWI-105, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?

SEC-139
B2620 REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
IPDM E/R (–) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Neutral position 9 - 16 V
F74 94 Ground Select lever Except neutral posi-
0-1V
tion
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and neutral position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

IPDM E/R Nneutral position switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 94 F48 1 Existed
4. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
voltage
Connector Terminal Ground
F74 94 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-140, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace neutral position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD models)
or CL-18, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922175

1.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect neutral position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between neutral position switch terminals.

SEC-140
B2620 REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Neutral position switch A


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Neutral position Existed
1 2 Shift lever B
Except neutral position Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace neutral position switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD models)
or CL-18, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
D

SEC

SEC-141
B26FC KEY REGISTRATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26FC KEY REGISTRATION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922176

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
KEY REGISTRATION
B26FC-00 Intelligent Key that does not match the vehicle is registered.
(Key registration)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper registration operation
• Intelligent Key
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922177

1.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY


1. Prepare Intelligent Key that matches the vehicle.
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of Intelligent Key using CONSULT.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-142
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922178

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CLUTCH SW BCM detects that clutch pedal position switch is also ON for 2sec
B26E8-00
(Clutch switch) while clutch interlock switch is ON.

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
(Clutch pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Harness or connector E
(Clutch interlock switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Clutch interlock switch
• Clutch pedal position switch
F
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
— G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1 H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait 2 seconds or more under the following conditions.
- Shift lever: In the neutral position. I
- Clutch pedal: Depressed
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Refer to SEC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2 SEC
1. Release clutch pedal and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Refer to SEC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922179

1.CHECK FUSE N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.
O
Signal name Fuse No.
Battery power supply 8 (5 A)
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
2.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
2. Check voltage between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.

SEC-143
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Clutch interlock switch (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal
E109 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Connect clutch interlock switch connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (–) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Depressed 9 - 16 V
E23 156 Ground Clutch pedal
Not depressed 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Clutch interlock switch BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109 2 E23 156 Existed
4. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.

Clutch interlock switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E109 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
Refer to SEC-145, "Component Inspection (Clutch interlock switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD models)
or CL-18, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


7.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-144
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

>> INSPECTION END A

Component Inspection (Clutch interlock switch) INFOID:0000000010922180

B
1.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector. C
3. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch terminals.
.

Clutch interlock switch D


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Depressed Existed
1 2 Clutch pedal E
Not depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-14, "LHD : Removal and Installation" (LHD models)
or CL-18, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
G

SEC

SEC-145
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922181

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition
tent)
When the starter relay/starter control relay status signal transmitted from IPDM E/R via
START CUT RELAY OFF
B27D1–00 CAN communication is (OFF/OFF) after 0.5 seconds elapse, even though BCM is oper-
(Starter cut relay OFF)
ating the starter control relay ON output.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Starter control relay
• Harness or connectors
(Starter control relay circuit is shorted)
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Depressed.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-146, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922182

1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL


Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Engine cranking 0 - 0.1 V
E23 171 Ground
Other than engine cranking 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown

Signal name Fuse


Battery power supply L (30A)
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 3.

SEC-146
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and starter control relay connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and starter control relay harness connector.
B
BCM Starter control relay
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E23 171 F69 2 Existed
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
D
BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E23 171 Not Existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. F

4.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL


Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. G

(+)
IPDM E/R (-) Condition Voltage H
Connector Terminal
Other than engine
0-1V
F73 84 Ground cranking I
Engine cranking 6 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SEC
1. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and starter control relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Starter control relay L


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 84 F69 5 Existed
M
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity N
Connector Terminal Ground
F73 84 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY P
Check starter control relay. Refer to SEC-148, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE BCM
SEC-147
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END


8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922183

1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY


1. Disconnect starter control relay.
2. Check continuity between starter relay terminals.

SEF497Y

starter control relay


Condition Continuity
Terminal

12 V direct current supply between terminals and


Existed

No current supply Not existed


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace starter control relay.

SEC-148
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922184

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
START CUT RELAY ON When BCM starter control relay is in OFF status, and when the starter relay/starter con-
B27D2–00
(Starter cut relay ON) trol relay status signal is (ON/ON)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Starter control relay circuit is shorted) E
• Starter control relay
• BCM
• IPDM E/R
F
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. H
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Depressed.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922185

SEC
1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
1. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
L
(+)
BCM (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
M

Engine cranking 0 - 0.1 V


E23 171 Ground
Other than engine cranking 9 - 16 V
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown
P
Signal name Fuse
Battery power supply L (30A)
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 3.

SEC-149
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect BCM connector and starter control relay connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and starter control relay harness connector.

BCM Starter control relay


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E23 171 F69 2 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E23 171 Not Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
IPDM E/R (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Other than engine
0-1V
F73 84 Ground cranking
Engine cranking 6 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and starter control relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Starter control relay


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 84 F69 5 Existed
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F73 84 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY
Check starter control relay. Refer to SEC-148, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace starter control relay.
7.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-150
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
B
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END C


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922186

1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY D


1. Disconnect starter control relay.
2. Check continuity between starter relay terminals.
E

SEF497Y
H

starter control relay


Condition Continuity I
Terminal

12 V direct current supply between terminals and


Existed
J
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC
NO >> Replace starter control relay.

SEC-151
B27D3 S/L THERMAL PROTECTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D3 S/L THERMAL PROTECTION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922187

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L THERMAL PROTECTION
B27D3–00 When thermal protection of the steering lock unit operates.
(Steering lock thermal protection)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922188

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait 1minute or more.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END


3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-152
B27D4 BCM - S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D4 BCM - S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922189

The sensor circuit is a circuit with which BCM supplies power to the steering lock unit during operation of the B
steering lock unit.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
CONSULT screen items
DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BCM - S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT D
B27D4–00 (Body control module - steering lock unit sensor BCM detects a sensor circuit short (short to ground)
circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Steering lock unit
• BCM
• Harness or connector F
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering unlock G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 H
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-153, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF, and then wait for 3 minutes with driver door open.
NOTICE: SEC
• Even after ignition switch is OFF, power is supplied to accessories for a certain amount of time by the
AUTO ACC function.
• When vehicle is operated while on standby, power may be supplied to accessories. L
2. Under the following conditions, press the engine switch and unlock the steering wheel.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
M
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-153, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922190
O

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. P
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMWTION PROCEDURE for DTCB27D4. Refer to SEC-153, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
SEC-153
B27D4 BCM - S/L SENSOR CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Active 9 - 16 V
M57 6 Ground Steering lock unit
Not active 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

BCM Steering lock unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M86 90 M57 6 Existed
3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

Steering lock unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M57 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-154
B27D5 S/L SENSOR TEST OUTPUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D5 S/L SENSOR TEST OUTPUT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922191

When steering lock unit operation is complete, BCM determines that the steering lock unit is operating cor- B
rectly by grounding the power supply.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
CONSULT screen items
DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L SENSOR TEST OUTPUT D
B27D5–00 When BCM detects a sensor circuit short (short to battery)
(Steering lock unit sensor test output)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Steering lock unit E
• BCM
• Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted) F
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering unlock
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE1
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions. H
- Selector lever: P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Select “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE2
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF, and then wait for 3minutes with driver door open.
SEC
NOTE:
• Even after ignition switch is OFF, power is supplied to accessories for a certain amount of time by the
AUTO ACC function.
• When vehicle is operated while on standby, power may be supplied to accessories. L
2. Under the following conditions, press the engine switch and unlock the steering wheel.
- Selector lever: P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
M
3. Select “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922192 O

1.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT OUTPUT SIGNAL


Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground. P

(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Active 9 - 16 V
M57 6 Ground Steering lock unit
Not active 0 - 0.5 V

SEC-155
B27D5 S/L SENSOR TEST OUTPUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT(SHORT TO GROUND)
1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

BCM Steering lock unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M86 90 M57 6 Existed
3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

Steering lock unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M57 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT(SHORT TO POWER)
Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

Steering lock unit


Voltage
Connector Terminal Ground
M57 6 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Continuity
Connector Terminal
M57 1 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.

SEC-156
B27D5 S/L SENSOR TEST OUTPUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A


Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END B

SEC

SEC-157
B27D6 S/L CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D6 S/L CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922193

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L CAN COMM CIRCUIT
B27D6–00 (Steering lock unit controller area network When BCM cannot detect a CAN signal from the steering lock unit.
communication circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Steering lock unit
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922194

1.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY


Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Active 9 - 16 V
M57 2 Ground steering lock unit
Not active 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.

BCM Steering lock unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M87 41 M57 2 Existed
4. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

SEC-158
B27D6 S/L CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Steering lock unit A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M57 2 Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
3.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK D
UNIT : Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE BCM
F
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". H

>> INSPECTION END


I

SEC

SEC-159
B27D7 S/L PWR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D7 S/L PWR RELAY
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922195

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L PWR RELAY When even if the BCM performs ON output of the internal transistor, the tran-
B27D7–00
(Steering lock unit power relay) sistor does not on.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Steering lock unit ignition power supply circuit is open or shorted)
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922196

1.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY


Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Active 9 - 16 V
M57 2 Ground steering lock unit
Not active 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.

BCM Steering lock unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M87 41 M57 2 Existed
3. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

SEC-160
B27D7 S/L PWR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Steering lock unit A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M57 2 Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".


F
>> INSPECTION END

SEC

SEC-161
B27D8 S/L VEHICLE SPEED MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D8 S/L VEHICLE SPEED MALFUNCTION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922197

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L VEHICLE SPEED MLFUNCTION
When vehicle speed is detected during steering lock unit lock operation
B27D8–00 (Steering lock unit vehicle speed malfunc-
or unlock operation.
tion)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B27D8-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922198

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B261F-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC OF “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-84, "DTC Index".
3.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC B27D8 detected again?
YES >> GO TO 4.

SEC-162
B27D8 S/L VEHICLE SPEED MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.REPLACE ABS ACUTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT(CONTROL UNIT) A

Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-217, "LHD : Removal and Installation"
(LHD models) or BRC-220, "RHD : Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
B
Is DTC B27D8 detected again?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
C
5.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK D
UNIT : Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END G

SEC

SEC-163
B27D9 S/L IGN MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D9 S/L IGN MALFUNCTION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922199

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L IGN MALFUNCTION When the steering lock unit receives a steering lock unit lock request sig-
B27D9–00
(Steering lock unit ignition malfunction) nal from BCM, at ignition switch ON.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock/unlock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-164, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922200

1.CHECK DTC OF IPDM E/R


Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. Refer to PCS-38, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. Refer to BCS-78, "DTC Index"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END


4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-164
B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922201

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
(Intelligent power distribution mod- When steering lock unit cannot detect CAN communication with
B27DA–00
ule controller area network commu- IPDM E/R.
nication circuit) D

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• Steering lock unit
F
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B27DA-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC H
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00: I
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following condition.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed. SEC
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922202
M

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


N
If DTC B27DA-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
O
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" DTC U1010-00:
BCS-111, "DTC Description"
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK DTC OF IPDM E/R
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. Refer to PCS-38, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE IPDM E/R
SEC-165
B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5
5.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END


6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-166
B27DB S/L IGN OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27DB S/L IGN OFF
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922203

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
S/L IGN OFF When steering lock unit detects a steering lock unit power circuit discon-
B27DB–00
(Steering lock unit ignition off) nection.

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Harness or connectors
(Steering lock unit power supply circuit is open or shorted)
E
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Select “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922204
I

1.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+) SEC
BCM (-) Voltage
Connector Terminal
E23 166 Ground 9 - 16 V L

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector. N
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM O


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 3 E23 166 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground P

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E23 166 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?

SEC-167
B27DB S/L IGN OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident"

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-168
B27DC S/L POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27DC S/L POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922205

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
S/L POWER SUPPLY
When power is supplied to the steering lock unit even though BCM is not supplying
B27DC–00 (Steering lock unit power
power to the steering lock unit.
supply)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Steering lock unit power supply circuit is short to battery) E
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Refer to SEC-169, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922206

1.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY J

Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
SEC
(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal L
Active 9 - 16 V
M57 2 Ground Steering lock unit
Not active 0 - 0.5 V
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
N
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT TO GROUND)
1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector. O

Steering lock unit BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
M57 2 M87 41 Existed
3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M87 41 Not existed

SEC-169
B27DC S/L POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT(SHORT TO BATTERY)
Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Voltage
Connector Terminal Ground
M87 41 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-170
B27DD BCM - S/L ID DISCORD
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27DD BCM - S/L ID DISCORD
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922207

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
BCM-S/L ID DISCORD
(Body control module -
B27DD–00 When BCM detects that the ID verification result of the steeling lock unit is NG.
steering lock unit identifica-
tion discord) D

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Steering lock unit E
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Refer to SEC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922208

1.INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION J

Using CONSULT, register all Intelligent Keys again.


SEC
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
L
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27DD-00. Refer to SEC-171, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC detected? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
3.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK O
UNIT : Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27DD-00. Refer to SEC-171, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.

SEC-171
B27DD BCM - S/L ID DISCORD
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-172
B27DE S/L MECHANICAL MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27DE S/L MECHANICAL MALFUNCTION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922209

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
S/L MECHANICAL
MALFUNCTION When steering lock unit detects a steering lock unit internal malfunction, and steer-
B27DE–00 D
(Steering lock unit me- ing lock unit no longer operates normally.
chanical malfunction)

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Refer to SEC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922210

1.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT J

1. Replace steering lock unit.


2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure". SEC

>> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27DE-00. Refer to SEC-173, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
O
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END P

SEC-173
B27DF S/L HIGH LEVEL MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27DF S/L HIGH LEVEL MALFUNCTION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922211

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L HIGH LEVEL MALFUNC-
TION When steering lock unit detects an internal malfunction and the steering lock
B27DF–00
(Steering lock unit high level mal- unit no longer operates normally.
function)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock/unlock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922212

1.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT


1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27DE-00. Refer to SEC-173, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-174
B27E0 S/L LOW LEVEL MALFUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E0 S/L LOW LEVEL MALFUNCTION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922213

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
S/L LOW LEVEL MAL-
FUNCTION
B27E0–00 When the steering lock unit detects an internal memory malfunction
(Steering lock unit low level
malfunction) D

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Steering lock unit E
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922214

1.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT J


1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".
SEC

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT L
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27DE-00. Refer to SEC-173, "DTC Description". M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END N
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". O

>> INSPECTION END


P

SEC-175
B27E1 S/L SAFETY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E1 S/L SAFETY CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922215

The safety circuit is the circuit with an interlock function that prohibits lock operation of the steering lock unit at
ignition switch ON.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L SAFETY CIRCUIT When the steering lock unit detects a short circuit and disconnection in the
B27E1–00
(Steering lock unit safety circuit) safety circuit.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors
(Steering lock unit safety circuit is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Performs lock operation of the steering lock unit.
2. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions.
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-176, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922216

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that following fuse in IPDM E/R is not blown.

Fuse No. Signal name


95 (5A) Ignition ON power supply
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SAFETY CIRCUIT1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Voltage
Connector Terminal
M57 7 Ground 6 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

SEC-176
B27E1 S/L SAFETY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SAFETY CIRCUIT2 A


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and steering lock unit connector.
3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
B
IPDM E/R Steering lock unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E12 25 M57 7 Existed
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
D
IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E12 25 Not existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. F

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". G

>> INSPECTION END


H

SEC

SEC-177
B27E3 S/L KEY NOT REGISTRATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E3 S/L KEY NOT REGISTRATION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922217

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L KEY NOT REGISTRATION
B27E3–00 (Steering lock unit key not regis- When the steering lock unit is registered in a KEY unregistered status.
tration)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922218

1.INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION


Using CONSULT, register all Intelligent Keys again.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27E3-00. Refer to SEC-178, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27E3-00. Refer to SEC-178, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-178
B27E4 S/L REGISTRATION STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E4 S/L REGISTRATION STATUS
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922219

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
S/L REGISTRATION STATUS
B27E4–00 When BCM does not register the steering lock unit successfully.
(Steering lock unit registration status)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Steering lock unit
• BCM
E
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922220
I

1.INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION


Using CONSULT, register all Intelligent Keys again. J

>> GO TO 2.
SEC
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC. L
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27E4-00. Refer to SEC-179, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". N
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27E4-00. Refer to SEC-179, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT P
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-179
B27E5 S/L IGN OFF POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E5 S/L IGN OFF POSITION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922221

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L IGN OFF POSITION
B27E5–00 When BCM detects a short in the steering lock unit power circuit.
(Steering lock unit ignition off position)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Steering lock unit power supply is shorted)
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922222

1.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY


Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
OFF 9 - 16 V
E23 166 Ground Ignition switch
ON 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 3 E23 166 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E23 166 Not existed

SEC-180
B27E5 S/L IGN OFF POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair or replace harness
3.REPLACE IPDM E/R
B
Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". D
Is DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. E

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END


G

SEC

SEC-181
B27E6 S/L ANTI-SCAN MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E6 S/L ANTI-SCAN MODE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922223

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L ANTISCAN MODE When the BCM detects multiple inconsistencies in steering lock unit ID
B27E6–00
(Steering lock unit anti-scan mode) verification.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922224

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27E6-00. Refer to SEC-182, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that a steering lock unit compatible with the vehicle is installed.
Is a steering lock unit compatible with the vehicle is installed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.STEERING LOCK UNIT REGISTRATION
Using CONSULT, register steering lock unit again.
Does steering lock operate?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.

SEC-182
B27E6 S/L ANTI-SCAN MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

5.REPLACE BCM A
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END B

SEC

SEC-183
B27E7 S/L UNDETERMINED UNLOCK POS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E7 S/L UNDETERMINED UNLOCK POS
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922225

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L UNDETERMINED UN-
LOCK POS
B27E7–00 When the steering lock unit does not perform unlock operation successfully.
(Steering lock unit undeter-
mined unlock position)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions.
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922226

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B27E7-00. Refer to SEC-184, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Steering lock unit (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Active 9 - 16 V
M57 6 Ground Steering lock unit
Not active 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT SENSOR CIRCUIT OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and steering lock unit connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.

SEC-184
B27E7 S/L UNDETERMINED UNLOCK POS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM Steering lock unit A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M86 90 M57 6 Existed
B
3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

Steering lock unit


Continuity C
Connector Terminal Ground
M57 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT E
1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. G
5.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. I
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
J

>> INSPECTION END


SEC

SEC-185
B27E8 S/L UNDETERMINED LOCK POS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27E8 S/L UNDETERMINED LOCK POS
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922227

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
S/L UNDETERMINED LOCK POS
B27E8–00 (Steering lock unit undetermined When the steering lock unit does not perform lock operation successfully.
lock position)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Steering lock unit
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Performs lock operation of the steering unit.
2. Press push-button ignition switch under the following condition.
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922228

1.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT


1. Replace steering lock unit.
2. Perform the service procedure for steering lock unit replacement. Refer to SEC-101, "STEERING LOCK
UNIT : Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-186
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
SIREN CONTROL UNIT
SIREN CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010994658
B
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.
C
Signal name Fuse
Battery power supply 14 (5 A)
D
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect siren control unit connector. F
3. Check voltage between siren control unit harness connector and the ground.

(+) G
(−) Voltage
Siren control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ground H
B127 2 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. I
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between siren control unit harness connectors and the ground. J

Siren control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground SEC
B127 5 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
STEERING LOCK UNIT M
STEERING LOCK UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922233

1.CHECK FUSE N

Check that the following fuse is not blown.


O
Signal name Fuse No.
Ignition ON signal 85 (5 A)
Is the fuse blown? P
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering lock unit connectors.
3. Check voltage between harness steering lock unit connector and ground.

SEC-187
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Steering lock unit


Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
Ground
ON 6 - 16
M57 7 Ignition switch
OFF 0-1
Is the measurement value normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT1
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Steering lock unit IPDM E/R


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M57 7 E12 25 Existed
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E12 25 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2
Check voltage between harness steering lock unit connector and ground.

Steering lock unit


Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
Ground
Active 9 - 16
M57 2 Steering lock unit
Not active 0 - 0.5
Is the measurement value normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Steering lock unit BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M57 2 M87 41 Existed
3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M87 41 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-188
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

6.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT A


Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

Steering lock unit


Continuity B
Connector Terminal Ground
M57 1 Existed
Does continuity exist? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
D

SEC

SEC-189
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926570

1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Perform “THEFT IND” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “IMMU” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Check security indicator lamp operation.

Test item Description


ON Illuminates
THEFT IND Security indicator lamp
OFF Does not illuminate
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to SEC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922234

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.


Battery power supply 13 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
2.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.

(+)
Combination meter (–) Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
M42 45 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect combination meter connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal
M87 75 Ground 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.

SEC-190
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.REPLACE BCM A

Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".


B
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
C
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Combination meter BCM D


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M34 7 M87 75 Existed
E
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.

Combination meter
Continuity F
Connector Terminal Ground
M34 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-151, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
H

SEC

SEC-191
HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HOOD SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010922235

1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Select “HOOD SW” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. Check “HOOD SW” indication under the following condition.

Monitor item Condition Indication


Open ON
HOOD SW Hood
Close OFF
Is the indication normal?
YES >> Hood switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to SEC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922236

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector.
3. Check voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Hood switch (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal
E164 2 Ground 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and hood switch harness connector.

IPDM E/R Hood switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E148 52 E164 2 Existed
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E148 52 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.

Hood switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E164 1 Existed

SEC-192
HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
B
Refer to SEC-193, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-297, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". D

>> INSPECTION END


E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922237

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH F


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector.
3. Check continuity between hood switch terminals. G

Hood switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal H
Unlock condition Not existed
1 2 Hood lock
Lock condition Existed
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-297, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
J

SEC

SEC-193
INTRUDER SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTRUDER SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926571

1.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR FUNCTION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that hood is closed completely.
3. Get in the vehicle and close all doors.
4. Lock doors using Intelligent Key.
5. Check security indicator lamp blinks to confirm that the vehicle security system is shifted into the ARMED
phase. Refer to SEC-34, "VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".
6. Hold up and move a hand over intruder sensor.
7. Check that siren sounds after a few seconds.
Does the siren sound?
YES >> Intruder sensor is OK.
NO >> Refer to SEC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926572

1.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intruder sensor connector.
3. Check voltage between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Sensor cancel switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
R25 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Check 5 A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block].
NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between fuse and sensor cancel switch.
2.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect siren control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and intruder sensor harness connector.

Siren control unit Sensor cancel switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B127 4 R25 2 Existed
3. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and ground.

Siren control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B127 4 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground.

SEC-194
INTRUDER SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Sensor cancel switch A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
R25 3 Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace intruder sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C

SEC

SEC-195
SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926573

1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect sensor cancel switch connector.
3. Check signal between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.

(+)
Sensor cancel switch (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal

R25 5 Ground

JPMIA0011GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and sensor cancel switch harness connector.

BCM Sensor cancel switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M86 107 R25 5 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M86 107 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground.

Sensor cancel switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
R25 6 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
Refer to SEC-197, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
SEC-196
SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".


B
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010926574
C
1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
D
2. Disconnect sensor cancel switch connector.
3. Check continuity between sensor cancel switch terminals.

Sensor cancel switch E


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Press Existed
5 6 Sensor cancel switch F
Release Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.

SEC

SEC-197
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (COMMUNICATION SIGNAL)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (COMMUNICATION SIGNAL)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926575

1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT FUNCTION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that hood is closed completely.
3. Get in the vehicle and close all doors.
4. Lock doors using Intelligent Key.
5. Check security indicator lamp blinks to confirm that the vehicle security system is shifted into the ARMED
phase. Refer to SEC-34, "VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Siren control unit circuit (communication signal) is OK.
NO >> Refer to SEC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926576

1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect siren control unit connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Siren control unit BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B127 3 B47 38 Existed
5. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and ground.

Siren control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B127 3 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-198
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL)
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926577

B
1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that hood is closed completely. C
3. Get in the vehicle and close all doors.
4. Lock doors using Intelligent Key.
5. Check security indicator lamp blinks to confirm that the vehicle security system is shifted into the ARMED D
phase. Refer to SEC-34, "VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".
6. Hold up and move a hand over intruder sensor.
7. Check that hazard warning lamps blinks after a few seconds.
E
Does the siren sound?
YES >> Siren control unit circuit (hazard switch signal) is OK.
NO >> Refer to SEC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926578

1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect siren control unit connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector. H
4. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Siren control unit BCM


Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B127 1 M87 51 Existed
5. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and ground. J

Siren control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground SEC
B127 1 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END N

SEC-199
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VE-
HICLE
Description INFOID:0000000010922239

Engine does not start when push-button ignition switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
• The engine start function, door lock function, power distribution system, and NATS-IVIS/NVIS in the Intelli-
gent Key system are closely related to each other regarding control. The vehicle security function can oper-
ate only when the door lock and power distribution system are operating normally.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)
• “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” setting in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
• One or more of Intelligent Keys with registered Intelligent Key ID is in the vehicle.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922240

1.PERFORM WORK SUPPORT


Perform “INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS” in “Work Support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” using CON-
SULT.
Refer to SEC-42, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) (With Super Lock)"
or SEC-46, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) (Without Super Lock)".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”, and check whether or not DTC of inside key antenna is
detected.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to BCS-78, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Check push-button ignition switch.
Refer to PCS-110, "Component Function Check".
Is the operation normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

SEC-200
STEERING DOES NOT LOCK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
STEERING DOES NOT LOCK
A
Description INFOID:0000000010922241

Steering does not lock when door is open while ignition switch is OFF. B
NOTE:
Before performing the diagnosis, perform “Work Flow”. Refer to SEC-97, "Work Flow".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922242 C

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH


Check door switch. D
Refer to DLK-186, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK DETENTION SWITCH
F
Check CVT shift selector (detention switch). Refer to SEC-129, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again. H
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". I

SEC

SEC-201
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
Description INFOID:0000000010922243

Security indicator lamp does not blink when power supply position is other than the ON position.
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis, perform “Work Flow”. Refer to SEC-97, "Work Flow".
• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.

Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)


Ignition switch is other than the ON position.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922244

1.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP


Check security indicator lamp.
Refer to SEC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

SEC-202
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
A
INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : Description INFOID:0000000010922245
B
Armed phase is not activated when door is locked using Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check C
each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)
Confirm that the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” is “ON” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “THEFT ALM”of D
“BCM” using CONSULT.
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922246
E
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION)
Lock/unlock door with Intelligent Key.
Refer to DLK-47, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (remote keyless entry function). Refer to DLK-239, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure".
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH H
Check hood switch.
Refer to SEC-192, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-297, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION J
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
SEC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH L
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000010922247

Armed phase is not activated when door is locked using door request switch. M
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check
each symptom.
N
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)
Confirm that the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” is “ON” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “THEFT ALM”of
“BCM” using CONSULT. O
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922248

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (DOOR LOCK FUNCTION) P


Lock/unlock door with door request switch.
Refer to DLK-42, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (door lock function). Refer to DLK-237, "ALL DOOR REQUEST
SWITCHES : Diagnosis Procedure".

SEC-203
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH


Check hood switch.
Refer to SEC-192, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-297, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.

SEC-204
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000011009366

Alarm does not operate when alarm operating condition is satisfied. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011009367

1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH C


Check sensor cancel switch.
Refer to SEC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.
E
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF SIREN CONTROL UNIT
Perform self-diagnosis of siren control unit.
Refer to SEC-64, "Diagnosis Description". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. G
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check door switch.
Refer to DLK-186, "Component Function Check" (TYPE 1) or DLK-495, "Component Function Check" H
(TYPE 2).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning door switch. Refer to DLK-319, "Removal and Installation" (TYPE 1)
or DLK-626, "Removal and Installation" (TYPE 2).
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH J

Check hood switch.


Refer to SEC-192, "Component Function Check".
SEC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-297, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation" (TYPE L
1) or DLK-605, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation" (TYPE 2).
5.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR
Check intruder sensor. M
Refer to SEC-194, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Replace intruder sensor.
6.REPLACE SIREN CONTROL UNIT
O
1. Replace siren control unit.
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

SEC-205
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

SEC-206
INTRUDER SENSOR CANNOT BE DEACTIVATED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTRUDER SENSOR CANNOT BE DEACTIVATED
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926580

1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH B


Check sensor cancel switch.
Refer to SEC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.
2.REPLACE SIREN CONTROL UNIT D

1. Replace siren control unit.


2. Confirm the operation after replacement. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. F
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation"
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
H

SEC

SEC-207
NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


NATS ANTENNA AMP.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010922253

REMOVAL
1. Remove the push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-116, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disengage the NATS antenna amp. pawl, and then remove
NATS antenna amp. from push-button ignition switch .

: Pawl

JMMIA1436ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEC-208
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000011009437

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011009440

• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key SEC
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
L
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition M
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
N
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of O
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE: P
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.

SEC-209
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.

D4D engine : 20 minutes


HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood.
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.

SEC-210
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010922263
B

SEC

JMKIB3705ZZ

View with head lining View with steering column View with F/L Fuse holder No.2

SEC-211
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

No. Component Function


Rear door switch RH Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
Front door switch (passenger
Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
side)
Hood switch Refer to SEC-213, "Hood Switch".
ECM controls the engine.
When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM starts communication with ECM and performs the
ID verification between BCM and ECM.
If the verification result is OK, the engine can start. If the verification result is NG, the engine
ECM
cannot start.
Refer to EC-28, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (MR20DD),
EC-440, "Component Parts Location" (QR25DE) or EC-812, "Component Parts Location"
(R9M) for detailed installation location.
Starter control relay and starter relay are integrated in IPDM E/R, and used for the engine
starting function.
Starter relay is controlled by BCM, and starter control relay is controlled by-IPDM E/R while
IPDM E/R
communicating with BCM.
IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay and starter relay status signal to BCM.
Refer to PCS-5, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
BCM controls Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS).
BCM performs ID verification between BCM and ECM when ignition switch is turned ON. If
BCM the ID verification result is OK, ECM can start engine.
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed in-
stallation location.
Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter.
Combination meter Security indicator lamp blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than ON to warn
that Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) is on board.
Front door switch (driver side) Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.

Rear door switch LH Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
Back door switch is integrated into back door look assembly.
Back door switch detects back door open/close condition, and then transmits ON/OFF signal
Back door lock assembly to BCM.
Refer to DLK-643, "Component Parts Location" (TYPE3) or DLK-794,
"Component Parts Location" (TYPE4) for detailed installation location.
Intruder sensor Refer to SEC-213, "Intruder Sensor".

Sensor cancel switch Refer to SEC-213, "Sensor Cancel Switch".

NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-212, "NATS Antenna Amp.".


BCM controls the starter control relay according to a starter control relay request signal from
Starter control relay
ECM.

NATS Antenna Amp. INFOID:0000000010922264

The ID verification is performed between BCM and ignition key via


NATS antenna amp. when ignition switch is turned ON. If an unregis-
tered ID of ignition key is used, the operation of the starting engine is
prohibited.

JMKIB2856ZZ

SEC-212
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Hood Switch INFOID:0000000011009614

A
Hood switch detects that hood is open, and then transmits ON/OFF
signal to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R transmits hood switch signal to BCM
via CAN communication. B

D
JMKIB3584ZZ

Siren Control Unit INFOID:0000000011009615


E
Siren control unit monitors the vehicle condition and controls the vehicle security system.
Intruder Sensor INFOID:0000000011009616
F
Intruder sensor detects a movement entering passenger compart-
ment, then transmits the signal to siren control unit.
G

I
JMKIB3704ZZ

Sensor Cancel Switch INFOID:0000000011009617 J

BCM deactivates intruder sensor for the vehicle security system


when BCM receives sensor cancel switch ON signal.
SEC

JMKIB3261ZZ

SEC-213
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010922265

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMKIB3228GB

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) has the following immobilizer functions:
• NATS shows high anti-theft performance to prevent engine from starting by anyone other than the owner
who has the registered ignition key.
• The ignition key has NATS ID and only ignition key which has the same ID as the ID registered in BCM and
ECM can start engine. This makes high anti-theft performance to prevent the vehicle from being stolen using
a copied ignition key.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than ON. Therefore, NATS
warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the anti-theft system.
• If the system detects a malfunction, security indicator lamp illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON.
• If the owner requires, ignition key ID can be registered for up to 5 keys.
• During trouble diagnosis, when additional ignition key is needed, or when the following components are
replaced, the ID registration is required.
- BCM
- Ignition key
• Possible symptom of NATS malfunction is “Engine cannot start”. The engine also cannot be started because
of other than the NATS malfunction, so start the trouble diagnosis according to SEC-259, "Work Flow".
• If ECM other than Genuine NISSAN parts is installed, the engine cannot be started. For ECM replacement
procedure, refer to EC-430, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD), EC-806, "Removal and Installation"
(QR25DE) or EC-1226, "Removal and Installation" (R9M).
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
• Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter and warns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks, when the ignition switch is in any position other than ON.
• Security indicator lamp turns OFF when the ignition switch is turned ON.
OPERATION WHEN IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
1. When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM activates NATS antenna amp. to start NATS ID verification with
the ignition key (transponder is integrated).
2. BCM receives the NATS ID signal from ignition key via NATS antenna amp. and verifies it with the regis-
tered ID.
3. When the NATS ID verification result is OK, BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and ECM.
4. When the verification result is OK, BCM transmits the verification OK signal to ECM, and then ECM can
start the engine.

SEC-214
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010922266

A
LHD models

SEC

P
JMKIB3748GB

SEC-215
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
RHD models

JMKIB3749GB

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

SEC-216
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010926585

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SEC

JMKIB3881GB
L
BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Input Signal Item
M
Transmit unit Signal name
IPDM E/R CAN communication Hood switch signal
N
Each door switch Door switch signal
Siren control unit Hazard warning signal
Sensor cancel switch Sensor cancel switch signal O
Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name P


Combination meter (security indicator lamp) Security indicator lamp signal
Siren control unit Alarm link signal
Hazard warning lamp Hazard warning lamp signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SEC-217
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• The system reduces the possibility of a theft or mischief by sounding siren and blinking hazard warning lamp
continuously. The system activates siren and hazard warning lamp when detecting that the door or hood is
opened, or there is an illegal attempt to enter into the passenger room, while the system is in the ARMED
phase.
• Security indicator lamp on combination meter always blinks when ignition switch is any position other than
ON to warn that the vehicle is equipped with a VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.
• Anti-theft function is improved by the adoption of intruder sensor that detects an attempt to enter into the
passenger room.
• Activation or deactivation of intruder sensor can be selected by sensor cancel switch.
• Siren control unit equips a built-in battery. Replace siren control unit once every 10 years because the war-
ranty for built-in battery expires after 10 years.
• Each time the system switches to the ARMED phase from the PRE-ARMED phase, the self-diagnosis is per-
formed by the siren control unit and each sensor. If any malfunction is detected, the siren sounds* 5 times to
inform the driver that a malfunction is detected and the vehicle security system does not function properly.
Malfunctioning part can be checked by “SIREN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using
CONSULT. Refer to SEC-238, "Diagnosis Description".
*: Siren sounds for 0.2 seconds and sound interval is 0.4 seconds.
Operation Flow

JMKIB3879GB

No. System state Switching condition


A B
DISARMED to When all conditions of A and
PRE-FULL one condition of B is satis- • Ignition switch: OFF All doors are locked by:
ARMED fied. • All doors: Closed • LOCK button of Keyfob
• Hood: Closed
DISARMED to A B
When all conditions of A and
PRE-PARTIAL
one condition of B is satis- • Ignition switch: OFF All doors are locked by:
ARMED
fied. • Hood or any door: Open • LOCK button of Keyfob

PRE-FULL
When one of the following • Ignition switch: ON
ARMED to DIS-
condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON
ARMED
PRE-PARTIAL
When one of the following • Ignition switch: ON
ARMED to DIS-
condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON
ARMED
PRE-PARTIAL
When all of the following • All doors: Closed
ARMED to PRE-
conditions are satisfied. • Hood: Closed
FULL ARMED
PRE-FULL
When one of the following • Any door: Opened
ARMED to PRE-
condition is satisfied. • Hood: Opened
PARTIAL ARMED

SEC-218
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. System state Switching condition
A
PRE-FULL When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF
ARMED to FULL conditions are satisfied for • All doors: Closed
ARMED 20 seconds. • Hood: Closed
PRE-PARTIAL When all of the following B
ARMED to PAR- conditions are satisfied for • Ignition switch: OFF
TIAL ARMED 20 seconds.
When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF C
PARTIAL to FULL
conditions are satisfied for • All doors: Closed
ARMED
20 seconds. • Hood: Closed
FULL ARMED to D
DISARMED When one of the following • Ignition switch: ON
PARTIAL ARMED condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON
to DISARM
E
• Any door or hood is opened
• Battery is connect and disconnect
FULL ARMED to When one of the following • Movement to enter into passenger room
ALARM condition is detected. • Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted F
• Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is in-
terrupted
• Any door or hood is opened G
• Battery is connect and disconnect
PARTIAL ARMED When one of the following
• Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
to ALARM condition is detected.
• Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is in-
terrupted H
ALARM to When one of the following • Ignition switch: ON
DISARMED condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON
I
ALARM to ALARM
27.5 seconds are passed.
PAUSE
ARM PAUSE to J
FULL ARMED
5 seconds are passed after deactivating ALARM.
ARM PAUSE to
PARTIAL ARMED
SEC
ALARM PAUSE to When one of the following • Ignition switch: ON
DISARMED condition is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Keyfob: ON

NOTE:
L
• To lock/unlock all doors by operating remote controller button of Keyfob for details, refer to DLK-646, "System Description".

Disarmed Phase M
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the DISARMED phase while any doors or hood is open because it
is assumed that the owner is in or nearby the vehicle.
Pre-armed Phase N
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the PRE-ARMED phase and blinks security indicator lamp
quickly for approximately 20 seconds when all doors are locked by Keyfob, while all doors and hood are
closed.
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM that is in the PRE-ARMED phase switches to the DISARMED phase when O
all doors are unlocked by Keyfob.
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM does not activate siren when door or hood is open while VEHICLE SECU-
RITY SYSTEM is in the PRE-ARMED phase. When the door or hood is closed again, VEHICLE SECURITY P
SYSTEM stays in the PRE-ARMED phase.
Armed Phase
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the ARMED phase from the PRE-ARMED phase after approxi-
mately 20 seconds, and blinks security indicator lamp slowly.
Alarm Phase

SEC-219
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM activates siren for approximately 27.5 seconds when any of the following
conditions is fulfilled while VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM is in the ARMED phase.
- When any door or hood is open
- When intruder sensor detects an attempt to enter into passenger compartment
- When battery connection is disconnected
- Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
- Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is interrupted
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM deactivates siren when door is unlocked by Keyfob or ignition switch is turn
ON position while siren is activated.
• VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the ARMED phase automatically when approximately 5 sec-
onds pass after deactivating siren.
SENSOR CANCEL FUNCTION
Perform the following procedure to deactivate intruder sensor.
1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Press sensor cancel switch, and before 5 minutes pass, close all doors and hood, and lock all doors using
the Keyfob.
3. Check that VEHICLE SECURY SYSTEM is switched to the PRE-ARMED phase and that the siren sounds
one beep.
NOTE:
Intruder sensor is not cancelled and return to normal operation when any of the following conditions is fulfilled
while the cancellation procedure is being performed.
• When ignition switch turns ON.
• When 5 minutes or more pass after pressing sensor cancel switch.
• When VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM switches to the DISARMED phase.
Does security indicator lamp blink quickly?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check again.

SEC-220
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011008685

SEC

JMKIB3750GB
P

SEC-221
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JMKIB3751GB

WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST

SEC-222
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010922267

Item Design Reference


For layout, refer to MWI-10, "METER SYSTEM : Design". B
Security indicator lamp For function, refer to MWI-55, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Security In-
dicator Lamp (Turn ON)" or MWI-56, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Secu-
rity Indicator Lamp (Blinks)". C

SEC

SEC-223
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000011009391

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description


Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item

Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
— AIR CONDITONER* × ×
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security THEFT ALM × ×
RAP RETAINED PWR ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

SEC-224
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description A


BATTERY VOLTAGE V Battery voltage of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
EXTERNAL TEMP °C External temperature of the moment a particular DTC is detected
B

NOTE:
VEHICLE COND —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
C
NOTE:
DOOR LOCK STATUS —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
POWER SUPPLY
min Displays the cumulative time from the time that the battery terminal is connected. D
COUNTER

MULTI REMOTE ENT


E
MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (With Su-
per Lock) INFOID:0000000011009389

F
WORK SUPPORT

Test item Description


G
Auto door lock time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: Non-operation
• MODE 2: 30 sec.
• MODE 3: 1 minute H
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minute
• MODE 5: 3 minute
• MODE 6: 4 minute
• MODE 7: 5 minute I
NOTE:
ANSWER BACK
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
J
ANSWER BACK KEYLESS NOTE:
LOCK UNLOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
WELCOME LIGHT OP SET SEC
This item is displayed, but cannot be used

DATA MONITOR
NOTE: L
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor Item Condition M


CONFRM ID ALL
CONFRM ID4
N
Indicates [Yet] at all time.Switches to [Done] when a registered key is inserted into ignition key
CONFRM ID3
cylinder.
CONFRM ID2
CONFRM ID1 O
Indicates [ID OK] when key ID that is registered is received or is not yet received. Indicates [ID
NOT REGISTERED
NG] when key ID that is not registered is received.
TP 4 P
TP 3
Indicates the number of IDs that are registered.
TP 2
TP 1

CLUTCH SW*1 Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch

BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]*2 condition of stop lamp switch power supply

SEC-225
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
START CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch pedal position switch
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger door status
DOOR STAT-RR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door RH status
DOOR STAT-RL Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door LH status
NOTE:
BK DOOR STATE
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
STOP/START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start off switch
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from keyfob
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from keyfob
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from keyfob
KEY SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of key switch
IGN SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ON position
START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in START position

*1: It is displayed but does not operate on CVT models.


2
* : OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description


FLASHER This test is able to check flasher operation [LH/RH/Off]
NOTE:
HORN
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to operate the blower relay in fuse block (J/B)
IGN CONT2 • On: Operates
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
MIRROR+5
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
RETRACTABLE MIRROR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to audio unit or NAVI control unit
AUTO ACC 2 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to ignition relay
AUTO ACC 1 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check trunk/luggage room lamp operation
TRUNK/LUGGAGE LAMP
• On: Operates
TEST
• Off: Non-operation

MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT) (Without
Super Lock) INFOID:0000000011009390

WORK SUPPORT

SEC-226
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Test item Description A


Auto door lock time can be changed in this mode
• MODE 1: Non-operation
• MODE 2: 30 sec.
B
• MODE 3: 1 minute
AUTO LOCK SET
• MODE 4: 2 minute
• MODE 5: 3 minute
• MODE 6: 4 minute C
• MODE 7: 5 minute
NOTE:
ANSWER BACK
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
D
ANSWER BACK KEYLESS NOTE:
LOCK UNLOCK This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE: E
WELCOME LIGHT OP SET
This item is displayed, but cannot be used

DATA MONITOR
NOTE: F
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
G
Monitor Item Condition
CONFRM ID ALL
CONFRM ID4 H
Indicates [Yet] at all time.Switches to [Done] when a registered key is inserted into ignition key
CONFRM ID3
cylinder.
CONFRM ID2
I
CONFRM ID1
Indicates [ID OK] when key ID that is registered is received or is not yet received. Indicates [ID
NOT REGISTERED
NG] when key ID that is not registered is received.
J
TP 4
TP 3
Indicates the number of IDs that are registered.
TP 2 SEC
TP 1

CLUTCH SW*1 Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch interlock switch


L
BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [On/Off]*2 condition of stop lamp switch power supply
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop lamp switch
START CLUTCH SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of clutch pedal position switch M
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of driver door status
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of passenger door status
N
DOOR STAT-RR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door RH status
DOOR STAT-RL Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLK] condition of rear door LH status

BK DOOR STATE
NOTE: O
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
STOP/START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop/start off switch
RKE-LOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from keyfob P
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from keyfob
NOTE:
RKE-TR/BD
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
RKE-PANIC
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [On/Off] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from keyfob

SEC-227
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition
KEY SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of key switch
IGN SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ON position
START SW Indicates [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in START position

*1: It is displayed but does not operate on CVT models.


2
* : OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description


FLASHER This test is able to check flasher operation [LH/RH/Off]
NOTE:
HORN
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to operate the blower relay in fuse block (J/B)
IGN CONT2 • On: Operates
• Off: Non-operation
NOTE:
MIRROR+5
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
TRUNK/BACK DOOR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
NOTE:
RETRACTABLE MIRROR
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to audio unit or NAVI control unit
AUTO ACC 2 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check BCM sends power supply to ignition relay
AUTO ACC 1 • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
This test is able to check trunk/luggage room lamp operation
TRUNK/LUGGAGE LAMP
• On: Operates
TEST
• Off: Non-operation

THEFT ALM
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT) (Without Intelligent Key System)
INFOID:0000000010926640

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitored Item Description


DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch (driver side).
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch (passenger side).
DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH.
DOOR SW-BK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of back door switch.
CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
This item is indicated, but not monitored.

SEC-228
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitored Item Description
A
NOTE:
KEY CYL SW-TR
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
SEN CANCEL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of sensor cancel switch.
B
RKE-LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK signal from Keyfob.
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of UNLOCK signal from Keyfob.
NOTE: C
RKE-TR/BD
This item is indicated, but not monitored.
KEY SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of Key switch.

WORK SUPPORT D

Service Item Description


E
SECURITY ALARM SET This mode is able to confirm and change vehicle security alarm ON-OFF setting.
Select the siren function ON or OFF, and siren type.
• MODE 1: Without siren
• MODE 2: With siren F
SIREN SET
• MODE 3: With external complete protection (with siren)
• MODE 4: Without any external protection (with siren)
• MODE 5: Without external tilt protection (with siren)
G
ACTIVE TEST

Test Item Description H


SIREN Activates the self-diagnosis function for siren control unit.
NOTE:
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN
This item is indicated, but not used I
NOTE:
HEAD LAMP
This item is indicated, but not used
J
IMMU
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) (Without Intelligent Key System)
INFOID:0000000010926641 SEC

WORK SUPPORT
L
Service item Description
CONFIRM DONGLE ID It is possible to check that dongle unit is applied to the vehicle.
M
ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description


N
This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation.
THEFT IND
Security indicator lamp is turned on when “ON” on CONSULT screen touched.

SEC-229
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000011009392

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.

Diagnosis mode Description


Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• White the vehicle specification when replacing IPDM E/R.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to PCS-38, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data (FFD)
The IPDM E/R records the vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on CON-
SULT.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
REVERSE SIGNAL
Displays the status of reverse position signal judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
IGN RELAY
Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
PUSH SW
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
NEUTRAL SW
Displays the status of the neutral position signal (M/T) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW
Displays the status of the transmission range switch (CVT) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
OIL PRESSURE SW
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
Displays the LED headlamp (right) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L RH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with LED headlamp.
Displays the LED headlamp (left) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L LH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with LED headlamp.
HOOD SW
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
COMPRESSOR
Displays the compressor drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H/L WASHER PUMP
Displays the status of the headlamp washer relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]

SEC-230
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
HORN RELAY
Displays the status of the horn relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COOLING FAN B
Displays the cooling fan relay-4 drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
FRONT WIPER HI/LO RELAY
Displays the front wiper HI/LO relay drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] C
FRONT WIPER RELAY
Displays the front wiper relay drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY OFF STATUS D
Displays the status of the ignition relay OFF circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY ON STATUS
Displays the status of the ignition relay ON circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] E
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the steering lock unit.
STEERING LOCK PWR SPLY
NOTE:
[Off/On]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with Intelligent Key system
F
HEIGHT SENSOR PWR SPLY
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the height sensor.
[Off/On]
COOLING FAN RELAY 1
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-1 judged by IPDM E/R. G
[Off/On]
STARTER RELAY
Displays the status of the starter relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H
COMP ECV DUTY
Displays the compressor control signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
COOLING FAN RELAY 2
[%]
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-5 judged by IPDM E/R. I

FR FOG LAMP LH
Displays the front fog lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
J
FR FOG LAMP RH
Displays the front fog lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
LEVELIZER OUTPUT
Displays the aiming motor drive signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. SEC
[%]
PARKING LAMP
Displays the parking lamp output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
L
TAIL LAMP LH
Displays the tail lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
TAIL LAMP RH
Displays the tail lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. M
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH
Displays the daytime running light (left) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH N
Displays the daytime running light (right) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (HI) LH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%] O
HEADLAMP (HI) RH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) LH P
Displays the headlamp (LO) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) RH
Displays the headlamp (LO) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
A/C RELAY STUCK
Displays the ON stuck status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]

SEC-231
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
A/C RELAY
Displays the status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV STATUS
Displays the compressor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR Displays the battery current sensor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/
[OK/NG] R.
FRONT FOG LAMP
Displays the fog lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV CURRENT
Displays the electric current output to compressor judged by IPDM E/R.
[A]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Displays the status of the battery voltage judged by IPDM E/R.
[V]
COOLING FAN DUTY
Displays the cooling fan output signal status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HOOD SW (CAN)
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close/NG]
FRONT WIPER
Displays the front wiper motor drive control status of IPDM E/R.
[STOP/HIGH/LOW/NG]
FR WIPER STOP POSITION
Displays the status of the front wiper position status judged by IPDM E/R.
[ACTIVE P/STOP P]
HEADLAMP (HI)
Displays the headlamp (HI) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
HEADLAMP (LO)
Displays the headlamp (LO) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGNITION RELAY STATUS
Displays the ignition relay output status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY MONITOR
Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
Displays the status of the ignition power supply judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW (CAN) Displays the status of the transmission range switch signal that IPDM transmits via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
NEUTRAL SWITCH (CAN) Displays the status of the neutral position switch (M/T) signal that IPDM transmits via
[Off/On/NG] CAN communication.
PUSH-BUTTON IGN SW (CAN) Displays the status of the ignition switch signal that IPDM transmits via CAN commu-
[Off/On] nication.
TAIL LAMP
Displays the tail lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
REVERSE SIGNAL (CAN) Displays the status of the reverse switch (M/T) signal that IPDM transmits via CAN
[Off/On/NG] communication.
ST&ST CONT RELAY STATUS Displays the status of the start control relay and start motor relay status judged by
[Off/Off, ON/ST R On] IPDM E/R.
STARTER MOTOR STATUS
Displays the status of the starter motor judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On/L-TIME]
STARTER RELAY (CAN) Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the starter control relay status signal
[LOW/HIGH/NG] via CAN communication.
IPDM NOT SLEEP Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the not sleep signal via CAN commu-
[NO RDY/READY] nication.

SEC-232
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
AFTER COOLING TIME
[No request/0.5min/1.0min/1.5min/ NOTE:
2.0min/2.5min/3.0min/3.5min/4min/5min/ The item is indicated, but not monitored. B
6min/8min/10min/12min/14min/16min]
AFTER COOLING SPEED
NOTE:
[0%/25%/40%/55%/70%/78%/85%/
100%]
The item is indicated, but not monitored. C
COOLING FAN TYPE NOTE:
[RENAULT/NISSAN] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
D
COMPRESSOR REQ 1 Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
VHCL SECRITY HORN REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. E
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
SLEEP/WAKE UP NOTE:
F
[SLEEP/WAKEUP] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SW NOTE:
[Off/On/NG] The item is indicated, but not monitored. G
CRANKING ENABLE-TCM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from TCM via CAN com-
[OK/NG] munication.
CRANKING ENABLE-ECM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from ECM via CAN com- H
[OK/NG/STOP/No request] munication.
CAN DIAGNOSIS Displays the status of the CAN diagnosis signal received from BCM via CAN commu-
[OK/NG] nication. I
FRONT FOG LAMP REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
H/L WASHER REQ Displays the status of the headlamp washer request signal received from BCM via J
[Off/On] CAN communication.
PASSING REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. SEC
HIGH BEAM REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication.
HORN CHIRP Displays the status of the horn reminder signal received from BCM via CAN commu- L
[Off/On] nication.
COOLING FAN REQ Displays the status of the cooling fan speed request signal received from ECM via
[%] CAN communication. M
ENGINE STATUS Displays the status of the engine status signal received from ECM via CAN commu-
[STOP/IDLING/RUN] nication.
TURN SIGNAL REQ Displays the status of the turn indicator signal received from BCM via CAN commu- N
[Off/LH/RH] nication.
FR WIPER REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[RETURN/STOP/NG/LOW/HIGH] munication.
O
SHIFT POSITION Displays the status of the shift position signal received from TCM via CAN communi-
[OFF/P/R/N/D/S/L/B/1/2/3/4/5/6/7] cation.
LOW BEAM REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com- P
[Off/On] munication.
POSITION LIGHT REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
[Off/On] communication.
COMPRESSOR REQ 2 Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication.
IGNITION SW Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal and starter control relay request
[Off/On/START/No request] signal received from BCM via CAN communication.

SEC-233
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
VEHICLE SPEED (METER) Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com-
[km/h] munication.
Monitor the cumulative discharge value of the battery.
BAT DISCHARGE COUNT
NOTE:
[—]
When 65,000 or more is counted, replace the battery.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the parking lamp circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of parking lamp circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
parking lamp circuit.
NMB P LAMP CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the parking lamp circuit count is 5 and the igni-
tion switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB P LAMP CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the parking lamp circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
daytime running light (left) circuit.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (left) circuit count is 5
and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
daytime running light (right) circuit.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (right) circuit count is
5 and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
front fog lamp (left) circuit.
NMB F FOG LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the
ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB F FOG LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.

SEC-234
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
front fog lamp (right) circuit.
NMB F FOG RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE: B
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB F FOG RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
C
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE: D
When the number of headlamp (HI) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (HI) (left) circuit. E
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit count is 5 and the
ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
F
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. G
HL (HI) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (HI) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.
H
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (HI) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit count is 5 and I
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. J
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
S/L CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the steering lock circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
SEC
When the number of steering lock circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
steering lock circuit.
NMB S/L CIRC RETRY L
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the steering lock circuit count is 5 and the ignition
switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB S/L CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current M
[0 – 5] of the steering lock circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
N
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of headlamp (LO) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (LO) (left) circuit. O
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit count is 5 and
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
P
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
limit of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
HL (LO) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (LO) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.

SEC-235
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit count is 5 and
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
tail lamp (left) circuit.
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the igni-
tion switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
tail lamp (right) circuit.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and the ig-
nition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
BATTERY STATUS
Monitor the battery status from the battery output.
[OK/NG]

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Operation Description


Off OFF
HORN
On Operates horn relay for 20 ms.
Off OFF
HEADLAMP WASHER
On Operates headlamp washer relay for 10 ms.
Off OFF
FRONT WIPER Low Operates the front wiper relay.
High Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper HI/LO relay.
Off OFF
COMPRESSOR
On Operates the A/C relay.
Off OFF
COOLING FAN (MONO) Lo Run the cooling fan at low speed.
Hi Run the cooling fan at high speed.
Off OFF
HEADLAMP (HI)
On Operates the headlamp (HI)
Off OFF
HEADLAMP (LO)
On Operates the headlamp (LO).

SEC-236
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Test item Operation Description
A
Off OFF
FRONT FOG LAMP
On Operates the front fog lamp.
Off OFF B
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
On Operates the parking lamp (daytime running light operation).
Off OFF
PARKING LAMP
On Operates the parking lamp. C
Off OFF
TAIL LAMP
On Operates the tail lamp.
D
Return the optical axis to the default position.
Default NOTE:
OPTIC AXIS ACTIVE TEST While the headlamp is OFF, it does not return to the default position.
E
Lower Adjust the optical axis to the lowermost point.

WORK SUPPORT
F
Work item Description
SENSOR INITIALIZE Adjusts the height sensor signal output value in the unloaded vehicle condition.
G
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared.

SEC

SEC-237
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000010926586

DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
Siren control unit has a self-diagnosis function which displays the diagnosis results for the following items.
• Circuit diagnosis: Displays if malfunction exists or not in the circuits between siren control unit and BCM or
siren control unit and intruder sensor.
- Circuits are normal: Hazard warning lamp blinks 3 times.
- Circuit is malfunctioning: Hazard warning lamp does not blink.
• Alarm history: Displays alarm activation history for the maximum 3 items.
- Siren sounds for 0.4 seconds and sound interval is 0.4 seconds.
- When multiple symptoms exist, the interval between each alarm history is 2 seconds.

Number of siren sounds Cause of alarm activation


0 History is not found
1 Battery is disconnected and connected
2 Movement to enter into passenger room is detected
3 Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
4 Door or hood is opened
5 Difference of ID recognition between siren control unit and BCM
6 Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is interrupted
• Component diagnosis: Displays malfunctioning component (siren control unit or intruder sensor).
- Siren sounds for 1 second and sound interval is 0.4 seconds.
- When multiple symptoms exist, the interval between each diagnosis result is 2 seconds.

Number of siren sounds Malfunctioning component


0 Malfunctioning component is not found
1 Siren control unit
2 Intruder sensor

SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
1. Connect CONSULT.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
4. Select “SIREN” and touch “ON” to start self-diagnosis.
5. Self-diagnosis result is displayed after 2 seconds.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT DISPLAY

SEC-238
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Self-diagnosis is performed as shown in the figure.
A

SEC

JMKIB3880GB

*: Communication between siren control unit and hazard warning lamp P


DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Precaution for Diagnosis Procedure
• Self-diagnosis result is erased from siren control unit when setting alarm system after performing the self-
diagnosis.
- When performing self-diagnosis, it is advised to record the self-diagnosis result display on a memo pad.
- When replacing siren control unit, never set alarm system after performing the self-diagnosis.

SEC-239
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• The display pattern of the self-diagnosis is complicated. Therefore, repeat self-diagnosis multiple times to
check the display pattern correctly.
- Malfunctioning part and alarm activation history can be checked effectively by comparing self-diagnosis
result display and the record on the memo pad.
• It is advised to obtain and record information for the following items which are necessary when investigation
is needed.
- Self-diagnosis result (Circuit diagnosis, Alarm history, Component diagnosis)
- Conditions of alarm activation (Place, Time, Weather)
- Articles in passenger room (Accessories, Cellular phones, Beverage containers, and others)
- Opening and closing status of door windows
- Record and timing of battery discharge and battery replacement
- Serial number of siren control unit (on siren control unit label)
- Serial number of intruder sensor, if this sensor is cause of malfunction or alarm activation
1.INSPECTION START
Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE described above to start self-diagnosis.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS RESULT
Check circuit diagnosis result display.
The diagnosis result is displayed by hazard warning lamp blink as per the following.

Number of hazard warning lamp blinks Description


3 times Normal
• Circuit malfunctioning between siren control unit and BCM (communication line)
0 times
• Circuit malfunctioning between siren control unit and BCM (hazard switch line)
Does hazard warning lamp blink?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM OPERATION 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Close hood and all doors.
3. Lock all doors using the Keyfob.
4. Check that security indicator lamp blink quickly for 20 seconds. (PRE-ARMED phase)
Does security indicator lamp blink quickly?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT 1
Check power supply and ground circuit for siren control unit. Refer to SEC-294, "SIREN CONTROL UNIT :
Diagnosis Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END


5.CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM OPERATION 2
1. Check that security indicator lamp blinks slowly. (ARMED phase)
2. Hold up and move a hand over intruder sensor.
Does siren sound?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT 2
Check the following circuit.
• Circuit between siren control unit and BCM (hazard switch signal circuit). Refer to SEC-304, "Component
Function Check".

SEC-240
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING CIRCUIT 3 A

Check the following circuit.


• Circuit between siren control unit and BCM (communication signal circuit). Refer to SEC-303, "Component
B
Function Check".

>> INSPECTION END


C
8.ALARM HISTORY DISPLAY
Check alarm history display.
The cause of alarm activation is indicated by the number of siren sounds. D

Number of siren sounds Cause of alarm activation


0 History is not found E
1 Battery is disconnected and connected
2 Movement to enter into passenger room is detected
F
3 Communication between BCM and siren control unit is interrupted
4 Door or hood is opened
5 Operate ignition switch with an unregistered key G
6 Communication between siren control unit and intruder sensor is interrupted
Does siren sound?
H
YES (A history is found)>>Check the cause of the alarm activation.
NO (History is not found)>>GO TO 9.
9.SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS RESULT DISPLAY I
Check component diagnosis result display.
The malfunctioning part is indicated by the number of siren sounds.
J
Number of siren sounds Malfunctioning component
0 Malfunctioning component is not found
1 Siren control unit SEC
2 Intruder sensor
Does siren sound?
L
YES >> Replace malfunctioning component.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.OPERATION CHECK M
1. Close hood and all doors.
2. Lock all doors using the Intelligent Key or door request switch.
3. Check that security indicator lamp blinks quickly for 20 seconds. N
NOTE:
If hood is not fully closed, security indicator lamp blinks slowly after all doors are locked. Fully close hood
and then lock all doors again.
4. Check that security indicator lamp blinks slowly and siren does not sound. Refer to SEC-217, "VEHICLE O
SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".

>> INSPECTION END P

SEC-241
SIREN CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


SIREN CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010926622

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMKIA0800ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No. Description


(Wire color) Condition Value
Input/
Signal name
+ − Output
Hazard switch: ON 0–1V
1
Ground Hazard switch Input Hazard Except Alarm phase 9 – 16 V
(BR)
switch: OFF Alarm phase 0–1V
2
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch: OFF 9 – 16 V
(P)

3 Input/ Armed phase


Ground Communication line (BCM)
(V) Output

NNKIA0175ZZ

Disarmed phase 9 – 16 V

4 Input/ Armed phase


Ground Communication line (Sensor)
(Y) Output

NNKIA0175ZZ

Disarmed phase 9 – 16 V
5
Ground Ground — Power supply position: ON 0–1V
(B)

SEC-242
ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
A
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000011009466

B
ECU Reference
MR20DD: EC-89, "Reference Value"
Reference Value QR25DE: EC-501, "Reference Value"
C
R9M: EC-889, "Reference Value"
MR20DD: EC-103, "Fail-safe"
Fail-safe QR25DE: EC-513, "Fail Safe"
R9M: EC-901, "Fail-safe" D
ECM
MR20DD: EC-107, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
DTC Inspection Priority Chart QR25DE: EC-515, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
R9M: EC-907, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" E
MR20DD: EC-109, "DTC Index"
DTC Index QR25DE: EC-517, "DTC Index"
R9M: EC-908, "DTC Index"
F
Reference Value BCS-53, "Reference Value"
Fail-safe BCS-76, "Fail-safe"
BCM
DTC Inspection Priority Chart BCS-77, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" G
DTC Index BCS-78, "DTC Index"
Reference Value PCS-22, "Reference Value"
H
Fail-safe PCS-34, "Fail-safe"
IPDM E/R
DTC Inspection Priority Chart PCS-37, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
DTC Index PCS-38, "DTC Index" I

SEC

SEC-243
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010922272

LHD models

JRKWD4468GB

SEC-244
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4469GB

SEC-245
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4470GB

SEC-246
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4471GB

SEC-247
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4472GB

SEC-248
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
RHD models
A

SEC

JRKWD4473GB
P

SEC-249
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4474GB

SEC-250
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4475GB

SEC-251
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4476GB

SEC-252
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4477GB

SEC-253
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4478GB

SEC-254
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4479GB

SEC-255
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4480GB

SEC-256
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

JRKWD4481GB

SEC-257
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

JRKWD4482GB

SEC-258
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010922273
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

SEC

JMKIA8652GB

DETAILED FLOW

SEC-259
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM


1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to BCS-77, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
SEC-260
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected? A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART B

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.


2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
C
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

D
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the E
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected. F
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4. G
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

SEC

SEC-261
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ECM
ECM : Description INFOID:0000000010922274

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of ECM and BCM, but only
when the ECM is replaced with a new one*.
*: New one means a virgin ECM that has never been energized on-board.
NOTE:
• When the replaced ESM is not a brand new, the specified procedure (Initialization of BCM and regis-
tration of ignition keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
ECM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010922275

1.PERFORM ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION


1. Install ECM.
2. Insert the registered ignition key* into key cylinder, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing ECM replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Start the engine.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Perform EC-141, "Work Procedure" (MR20DD), EC-944, "Work Procedure" (R9M) or EC-550, "Work Proce-
dure" (QR25DE).

>> END
BCM
BCM : Description INFOID:0000000010922276

BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing BCM, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT configuration before replace-
ment.
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” can not be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after
replacing BCM.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing BCM, always perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION” with CONSULT. Or not doing so,
BCM control function does not operate normally.
• Complete the procedure of “WRITE CONFIGURATION” in order.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.
• If you set incorrect “WRITE CONFIGURATION”, incidents might occur.
NOTE:
When replacing BCM, perform the system initialization (NATS).
BCM : Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010922277

1.SAVING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION


CONSULT Configuration
Perform “READ CONFIGURATION” to save or print current vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-106, "Descrip-
tion".

SEC-262
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NOTE:
If “READ CONFIGURATION” can not be used, use the “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” after A
replacing BCM.

>> GO TO 2. B
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
C

>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION D
CONSULT Configuration
Perform “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Config file” or “WRITE CONFIGURATION - Manual selection” to write
vehicle specification. Refer to BCS-106, "Work Procedure". E

>> GO TO 4.
F
4.INITIALIZE BCM (NATS)
Perform BCM initialization. (NATS)
G
>> WORK END

SEC

SEC-263
P161D IMMOBILIZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P161D IMMOBILIZER
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922278

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
IMMOBILIZER
P161D When BCM detects an immobilizer malfunction and engine start is prohibited.
(Immobilizer)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result”mode of “ENGINE”using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922279

1.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-264
P161E IMMOBILIZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P161E IMMOBILIZER
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922280

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
IMMOBILIZER
P161E When CONSULT is not used during ECM replacement.
(Immobilizer)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• BCM
• ECM
E
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922281
I

1.ECM REGISTRATION
Using CONSULT, register ECM. J
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END SEC
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". L
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
3.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-430, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD) or EC-1226, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (R9M). N

>> INSPECTION END


O

SEC-265
P161F IMMOBILIZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P161F IMMOBILIZER
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922282

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
IMMOBILIZER When BCM detects an immobilizer malfunction and engine start is prohib-
P161F
(Immobilizer) ited.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922283

1.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-430, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD) or EC-1226, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (R9M).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-266
P1616 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1616 ECM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010926589

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1616 ECM ROM is malfunctioning
(Nissan Anti-Theft System malfunction)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.


2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result”mode of “ENGINE”using CONSULT.
G
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926590

I
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1616. Refer to SEC-267, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC P1616 displayed again? SEC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM L
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-430, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD) or EC-1226, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (R9M).
M
>> INSPECTION END
N

SEC-267
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922308

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
STARTER RELAY
OFF CIRC [CIRC SHORT TO When IPDM E/R performs starter relay ON output but starter
B20DF
(Starter relay off GROUND OR OPEN] relay is OFF.
circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Starter relay circuit is open or shorted)
• IPDM E/R
• Starter motor
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922309

1.CHECK “S” TERMINAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect starter motor connector.
3. Shift selector lever to “P“or ”N” position.
4. Check voltage between starter motor harness connector and ground.
QR25DE engine models
(+)
Starter motor (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
When the ignition
F10 2 Ground switch is in START po- 12 V or more
sition

MR20DD engine models


(+)
Starter motor (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
When the ignition
F47 2 Ground switch is in START po- 12 V or more
sition

SEC-268
B20DF STARTER RELAY OFF CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
R9M engine models
(+) A
Starter motor (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
When the ignition
B
F130 2 Ground switch is in START po- 12 V or more
sition
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.REPLACE STARTER MOTOR D

Replace starter motor. STR-27, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation" (MR20DD engine models), STR-34,
"QR25DE : Removal and Installation" (QR25 engine models) or STR-39, "R9M : Removal and Installation" E
(R9M engine models).

>> INSPECTION END F


3.CHECK STARTER MOTER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. G
3. Check continuity between starter motor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
QR25DE engine models
Starter motor IPDM E/R H
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F10 2 F73 81 Existed
I
MR20DD engine models
Starter motor IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
F47 2 F73 81 Existed

R9M engine models


Starter motor IPDM E/R
SEC
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F130 2 F73 81 Existed L
4. Check continuity between starter motor harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R M
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F73 81 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
O
4.REPLACE IPDM E/R
Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
P
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-269
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922284

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CHAIN OF BCM-IMM ANT
B2190–00 (Chain of body control module - im- When BCM cannot detect the immobilizer ID in 0.6 seconds.
mobilizer antenna)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Ignition key
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Make the conditions that BCM enters in the low power consumption mode (BCM sleep condition).
Refer to BCS-18, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check to DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922285

1.IGNITION KEY REGISTRATION


Using CONSULT, register all Ignition Keys again.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnosis Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for B2190-00. Refer to SEC-270, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse block (J/B) fuse is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.


Battery power supply 9 (5A)
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

SEC-270
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
NATS antenna amp. (-) Voltage
Connector Terminal
M69 3 Ground Battery voltage
B

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector. D
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness connec-
tor.
E
NATS antenna amp. Fuse block (J/B)
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M69 3 M2 12B Existed F
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp. G


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M69 3 Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuse block (J/B).
NO >> Repair or replace harness. I
6.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.
J
NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
SEC
M69 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. L
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
7.CHECK NATS ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground. M

(+)
NATS antenna amp. (-) Condition Voltage
N

Connector Terminal
Just after inserting igni-
Pointer of tester should move O
1 tion key into key cylinder
Other than above 0V
M69 Ground
Just after inserting igni- P
Pointer of tester should move
4 tion key into key cylinder
Other than above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-311, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK NATS ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
SEC-271
B2190 CHAIN OF BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Disconnect BCM connector and NATS antenna connector.
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.

NATS antenna amp. BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 109
M69 M86 Existed
4 113
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
109
M69 Not existed
113
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
9.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-272
B2191 ID DISCORD, BCM - IMM ANT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2191 ID DISCORD, BCM - IMM ANT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922286

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ID DISCORD, BCM-IMMANT
(Identification discord, body When BCM continuously cannot detect inconsistency of Immobilizer ID in
B2191–00
control module - immobilizer 0.6 seconds or more.
antenna) D

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Ignition key E
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check to DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-273, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922287

1.IGNITION KEY REGISTRATION J


Using CONSULT, register all Ignition Keys again.
Can engine be started with the registered Ignition Key?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE IGNITION KEY
L
1. Prepare Ignition Key that matches the vehicle.
2. Registration of all Ignition Key using CONSULT.
Can engine be started with the registered Ignition Key?
M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END O

SEC-273
B2192 ID DISCORD, BCM-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2192 ID DISCORD, BCM-ECM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922288

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ID DISCORD BCM-ECM
B2192-00 (Identification discord body control module - The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are NG.
engine control module)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922289

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys using CONSULT.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2192-00. Refer to SEC-274, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-430, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD engine models), EC-806, "Removal and
Installation" (QR25DE engine models) or EC-1226, "Removal and Installation" (R9M engine models).

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-274
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922290

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
B2193-00 (Chain of body control module - engine Inactive communication between BCM and ECM
control module)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) E
• BCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2193-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00. H
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
SEC
YES >> Refer to SEC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922291

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY M


If DTC B2193-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected? N
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description". U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
P
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-430, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD engine models), EC-806, "Removal and
Installation" (QR25DE engine models) or EC-1226, "Removal and Installation" (R9M engine models).

SEC-275
B2193 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-276
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922292

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ANTI-SCANNING ID verification between BCM and ECM that is out of the specified
B2195-00
(Anti-scanning) specification is detected.

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ID verification request out of the specified specification
FAIL-SAFE E
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1. Turn ignition switch ON.


2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
G
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-277, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922293

I
1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 1
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Erase DTC. J
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195-00. Refer to SEC-277, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2. SEC
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK EQUIPMENT OF THE VEHICLE
L
Check that unspecified accessory part related to engine start is not installed.
Is unspecified accessory part related to engine start installed?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 2
1. Obtain the customers approval to remove unspecified accessory part related to engine start, and then N
remove it.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Erase DTC. O
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195-00. Refer to SEC-277, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-277
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000010926594

BCM performs ID verification between BCM and dongle unit.


When verification result is OK, BCM permits cranking.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010926595

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
DONGLE NG
B2196-00 The ID verification results between BCM and dongle unit is invalid.
(Dongle unit not good)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Dongle unit circuit is open or shorted.)
• Dongle unit
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check DTC in Self-diagnosis result mode of BCM using CONSULT.
Is the DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926596

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION
1. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all mechanical keys using CONSULT.
For initialization and registration procedures, refer to CONSULT Immobilizer mode and follow the on-
screen instructions.
2. Start the engine.
Dose the engine start?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DONGLE UNIT CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and dongle unit connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and dongle unit harness connector.

BCM Dongle unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M87 56 M53 1 Existed
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-278
B2196 DONGLE UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M87 56 Not existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
3.CHECK DONGLE UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between dongle unit harness connector and ground.
D
Dongle unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M53 4 Existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace dongle unit.
F
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC

SEC-279
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922294

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
NATS ANTENNA AMP.
B2198-00 (Nissan Anti-Theft System antenna Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and BCM
amplifier)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or shorted.)
• NATS antenna amp.
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Make the conditions that BCM enters in the low power consumption mode (BCM sleep condition).
Refer to BCS-18, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922295

1.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY


1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.


(-) voltage
Connector Terminal
M69 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No


Battery voltage 9 (5A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
3.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector.

SEC-280
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness connec-
tor. A

NATS antenna amp. Fuse block (J/B)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B
M69 3 M2 12B Existed
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.
C
NATS antenna amp. Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
Not existed D
M69 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground. F

NATS antenna amp. Continuity


Connector Terminal Ground G
Existed
M69 2
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. COMMUNICATION SIGNAL I
Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

(+) J
NATS antenna amp. (–) Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
SEC
Just after inserting ignition key into
1 Pointer of tester should move
key cylinder
Other than above 0V L
M69 Ground
Just after inserting ignition key into
Pointer of tester should move
4 key cylinder
Other than above 0V M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-311, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 6. N
6.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
O
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM harness connector.

NATS antenna amp. BCM


Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 109
M69 M86 Existed
4 113
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

SEC-281
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
113
M86 Not existed
109
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
7.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-282
B2608 STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2608 STARTER RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922296

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
STARTER RELAY BCM outputs starter relay OFF signal but BCM receives starter relay
B2608-00
(Starter relay) ON signal from IPDM E/R (CAN).

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors E
(Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE F
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. H
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". I
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922297
J
1.CHECK DTC OF IPDM E/R
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. SEC
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-38, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
N

SEC-283
B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260F ENGINE STATUS
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922298

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ENG STATE SIG LOST BCM has not yet received the engine status signal from ECM when
B260F-00
(Engine state signal lost) ignition switch is in the ON position.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B260F-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922299

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B260F-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260F-00. Refer to SEC-284, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.REPLACE ECM

SEC-284
B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-430, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD engine models), EC-806, "Removal and
Installation" (QR25DE engine models) or EC-1226, "Removal and Installation" (R9M engine models). A

>> INSPECTION END


B

SEC

SEC-285
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922300

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition
tent)
When the starter relay/starter control relay status signal transmitted from IPDM E/R via
START CUT RELAY OFF
B27D1–00 CAN communication is (OFF/OFF) after 0.5 seconds elapse, even though BCM is oper-
(Starter cut relay OFF)
ating the starter control relay ON output.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Starter control relay
• Harness or connectors
(Starter control relay circuit is shorted)
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922301

1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL


Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Engine cranking 0 - 0.5 V
E23 171 Ground
Other than engine cranking 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.

Signal name Fuse


30A
Battery power supply
L
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
SEC-286
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Disconnect BCM connector and starter control relay connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and starter control relay harness connector. A

BCM Starter control relay


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B
E23 171 F69 2 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
C
BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D
E23 171 Not Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. F

(+)
IPDM E/R (-) Condition Voltage G
Connector Terminal
Other than engine H
0-1V
F73 84 Ground cranking
Engine cranking 6 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT J

1. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and starter control relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Starter control relay


SEC
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 84 F69 5 Existed L
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R M
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F73 84 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
O
6.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY
Check starter control relay. Refer to SEC-288, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace starter control relay.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


SEC-287
B27D1 START CUT RELAY OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922302

1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY


1. Disconnect starter control relay.
2. Check continuity between starter relay terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace starter control relay.

SEF497Y

starter control relay


Condition Continuity
Terminal

12 V direct current supply between terminals and


Existed

No current supply Not existed

SEC-288
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922303

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
START CUT RELAY ON When BCM starter control relay is in OFF status, and when the starter relay/starter
B27D2–00
(Starter cut relay ON) control relay status signal is (ON/ON)

POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors
(Starter control relay circuit is shorted)
• Starter control relay E
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
— F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Refer to SEC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922304

J
1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
SEC
(+)
BCM (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal L
Engine cranking 0 - 0.5 V
E23 171 Ground
Other than engine cranking 9 - 16 V
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
N
2.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown
O
Signal name Fuse
30A
Battery power supply
L P

Is the fuse fusing?


YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and starter control relay connector.

SEC-289
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and starter control relay harness connector.

BCM Starter control relay


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E23 171 F69 2 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E23 171 Not Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
IPDM E/R (-) Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Other than engine
0-1V
F73 84 Ground cranking
Engine cranking 6 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5
5.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and starter control relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Starter control relay


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 84 F69 5 Existed
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F73 84 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY
Check starter control relay. Refer to SEC-288, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace starter control relay.
7.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 8.
SEC-290
B27D2 START CUT RELAY ON
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A


Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END B


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010922305

1.CHECK STARTER CONTROL RELAY C

1. Disconnect starter control relay.


2. Check continuity between starter relay terminals.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace starter control relay. E

SEF497Y

starter control relay


Condition Continuity
Terminal H
12 V direct current supply between terminals and
Existed

No current supply Not existed I

SEC

SEC-291
B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010922306

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
(Intelligent power distribution module
B27DA–00 When BCM cannot detect CAN communication with IPDM E/R.
controller area network communication
circuit)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B27DA-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" U1010-00:
Refer to BCS-111, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922307

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY


If DTC B27DA-00 is displayed with DTC U1000-00 or U1010-00, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000-00 or U1010-00.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000-00: Refer to BCS-110, "DTC Description" DTC U1010-00:
BCS-111, "DTC Description"
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC OF IPDM E/R
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. Refer to PCS-38, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE IPDM E/R
Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-292
B27DA IPDM CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
B
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” using CONSULT. Refer to BCS-78, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". D

>> INSPECTION END


E
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
F
>> INSPECTION END

SEC

SEC-293
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SIREN CONTROL UNIT
SIREN CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926597

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.

Signal name Fuse


Battery power supply 14 (5 A)
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect siren control unit connector.
3. Check voltage between siren control unit harness connector and the ground.

(+)
(−) Voltage
Siren control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ground
B127 2 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between siren control unit harness connectors and the ground.

Siren control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B127 5 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-294
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922310

1.CHECK FUSE B
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.
C
Signal name Fuse No.
Battery power supply 13 (10 A)
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
E
2.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground. F

(+)
Voltage (V)
Combination meter (–) G
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M42 45 Ground Battery voltage
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
I
3.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL
1. Connect combination meter connector.
2. Disconnect BCM connector. J
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
SEC
(+)
BCM (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal L
M87 75 Ground 9 - 16 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. M
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.REPLACE BCM N
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END O


5.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter connector. P
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Combination meter BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M34 7 M87 75 Existed
4. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.
SEC-295
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M34 7 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-151, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-296
HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HOOD SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926599

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
1. Select “HOOD SW” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. Check “HOOD SW” indication under the following condition.
C
Monitor item Condition Indication
Open ON
HOOD SW Hood
Close OFF D

Is the indication normal?


YES >> Hood switch is OK. E
NO >> Refer to SEC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926600

F
1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector. G
3. Check voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.

(+) H
Hood switch (–) Voltage
Connector Terminal
E164 2 Ground 9 - 16 V I

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. SEC
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and hood switch harness connector.

IPDM E/R Hood switch L


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E148 52 E164 2 Existed
M
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity N
Connector Terminal Ground
E148 52 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-60, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT P
Check continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.

Hood switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E164 1 Existed

SEC-297
HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Refer to SEC-298, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-768, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010926601

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector.
3. Check continuity between hood switch terminals.

Hood switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Unlock condition Not existed
1 2 Hood lock
Lock condition Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace hood lock assembly. Refer to DLK-768, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".

SEC-298
INTRUDER SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTRUDER SENSOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926602

1.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR FUNCTION B


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that hood is closed completely.
3. Get in the vehicle and close all doors. C
4. Lock doors using Keyfob.
5. Check security indicator lamp blinks to confirm that the vehicle security system is shifted into the ARMED
phase. Refer to SEC-217, "VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".
D
6. Hold up and move a hand over intruder sensor.
7. Check that siren sounds after a few seconds.
Does the siren sound?
E
YES >> Intruder sensor is OK.
NO >> Refer to SEC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926603
F

1.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect sensor cancel switch connector.
3. Check voltage between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground.
H
(+)
Voltage
Sensor cancel switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal I
R25 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Check 5 A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block].
NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between fuse and sensor cancel switch.
SEC
2.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect siren control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and sensor cancel switch harness connec- L
tor.

Siren control unit Sensor cancel switch


Continuity M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B127 4 R25 2 Existed
3. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and ground. N

Siren control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground O
B127 4 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground.

SEC-299
INTRUDER SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Sensor cancel switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
R25 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace intruder sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-300
SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926604

1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH SIGNAL B


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect sensor cancel switch connector.
3. Check signal between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground with oscilloscope. C

(+)
Sensor cancel switch (–) Voltage D
Connector Terminal

R25 5 Ground
F

JPMIA0011GB
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and sensor cancel switch harness connector. I

BCM Sensor cancel switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
M86 107 R25 5 Existed
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
SEC
BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
L
M86 107 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
N
Check continuity between sensor cancel switch harness connector and ground.

Sensor cancel switch


Continuity O
Connector Terminal Ground
R25 6 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
Refer to SEC-302, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
SEC-301
SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010926605

1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect sensor cancel switch connector.
3. Check continuity between sensor cancel switch terminals.

Sensor cancel switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Press Existed
5 6 Sensor cancel switch
Release Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.

SEC-302
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (COMMUNICATION SIGNAL)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (COMMUNICATION SIGNAL)
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926606

1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT FUNCTION B


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that hood is closed completely.
3. Get in the vehicle and close all doors. C
4. Lock doors using Keyfob.
5. Check security indicator lamp blinks to confirm that the vehicle security system is shifted into the ARMED
phase. Refer to SEC-217, "VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Siren control unit circuit (communication signal) is OK.
NO >> Refer to SEC-303, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926607

1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect siren control unit connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector. G
4. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Siren control unit BCM H


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B127 3 B47 38 Existed
5. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and ground. I

Siren control unit


Continuity J
Connector Terminal Ground
B127 3 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? SEC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

M
>> INSPECTION END

SEC-303
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SIREN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT (HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010926608

1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT FUNCTION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that hood is closed completely.
3. Get in the vehicle and close all doors.
4. Lock doors using Keyfob.
5. Check security indicator lamp blinks to confirm that the vehicle security system is shifted into the ARMED
phase. Refer to SEC-217, "VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description".
6. Hold up and move a hand over intruder sensor.
7. Check that hazard warning lamps blinks after a few seconds.
Does the siren sound?
YES >> Siren control unit circuit (hazard switch signal) is OK.
NO >> Refer to SEC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926609

1.CHECK SIREN CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect siren control unit connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Siren control unit BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B127 1 M87 51 Existed
5. Check continuity between siren control unit harness connector and ground.

Siren control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B127 1 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

SEC-304
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
Description INFOID:0000000010922311
B
Security indicator lamp does not blink when ignition switch is in a position other than ON.
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis, check “Work Flow”. Refer to SEC-259, "Work Flow". C
• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS)” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS) D
Ignition switch is not in the ON position.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010922312
E

1.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP


Check security indicator lamp function. F
Refer to SEC-295, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.REPLACE BCM
H
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
• Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
J

SEC

SEC-305
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
KEY FOB
KEY FOB : Description INFOID:0000000010926612

Armed phase is not activated when all doors are locked using keyfob.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS)” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
“SECURITY ALARM SET”: ON
Check the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” in “Work Support” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using
CONSULT.
KEY FOB : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926613

1.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM


Lock/unlock door with keyfob. Refer to DLK-649, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Descrip-
tion" (With super lock) or DLK-800, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM : System Description" (With out
super lock).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to DLK-718, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Check hood switch. Refer to SEC-297, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace hood switch.
3.REPLACE BCM
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation".
• Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000010926614

ARMED phase is not activated when door is locked using door lock and unlock switch.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check
each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)
• SECURITY ALARM SET: ON
Check the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” in “Work Support” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using
CONSULT.
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926615

1.CHECK POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM (DOOR LOCK FUNCTION)


Lock/unlock door with door lock and unlock switch. Refer to DLK-646, "System Description" (With super lock)
or DLK-797, "POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : System Description" (Without super lock).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

SEC-306
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Check power door lock system (door lock function). Refer to DLK-713, "ALL DOOR : Diagnosis
Procedure" (With super lock) or DLK-855, "ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure" (Without super A
lock).
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
B
Check hood switch. Refer to SEC-297, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
C
NO >> Repair or Replace hood switch.
3.REPLACE BCM
• Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation". D
• Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

SEC

SEC-307
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
Description INFOID:0000000010926618

Alarm does not operate when alarm operating condition is satisfied.


NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS)” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
“SECURITY ALARM SET”: ON
Check the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” in “Work Support” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” using
CONSULT.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926619

1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH


Check sensor cancel switch.
Refer to SEC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF SIREN CONTROL UNIT
Perform self-diagnosis of siren control unit.
Refer to SEC-238, "Diagnosis Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check door switch.
Refer to DLK-695, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning door switch. Refer to DLK-787, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Check hood switch.
Refer to SEC-297, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace hood switch.
5.CHECK INTRUDER SENSOR
Check intruder sensor.
Refer to SEC-299, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace intruder sensor.
6.REPLACE SIREN CONTROL UNIT
1. Replace siren control unit.
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.

SEC-308
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

7.REPLACE BCM A
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END B
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

SEC

SEC-309
INTRUDER SENSOR CANNOT BE DEACTIVATED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTRUDER SENSOR CANNOT BE DEACTIVATED
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010926620

1.CHECK SENSOR CANCEL SWITCH


Check sensor cancel switch.
Refer to SEC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace sensor cancel switch.
2.REPLACE SIREN CONTROL UNIT
1. Replace siren control unit.
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-121, "Removal and Installation"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".

SEC-310
NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A


NATS ANTENNA AMP.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010922313
B

REMOVAL
1. Remove the steering column covers. C
Refer to PCS-116, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disengage NATS antenna amp. fixing pawl and then remove
NATS antenna amp. from steering lock assembly. D

: Pawl
E

JMKIB3621ZZ

G
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEC

SEC-311

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy